Top Best 50 2 day sale in December 2021

More than 1 MillionReviews Scanned
1ST PLACE
Barska
BARSKA Night Vision NVX700 Monocular
Description

Night Vision NVX700 Monocular by Barska see clearly and easily in complete darkness with the dual infrared illuminator that allows viewing in daylight or in complete darkness. Ideal for a wide variety of nighttime uses such as surveillance, nighttime hunting, and general nighttime observation

The Most Useful Review
  • Review by MikeS, 10 out of 10
    Cool!

    Very cool! Works like promised and a great value for the price!

    Jul 02, 2021 15:48
  • 10score
    View Product
    BEST SELLER
    Barbie - Face Mask Spa Day Playset - Blonde
    Description

    Barbie doll knows the way to be one's best is to give yourself the best care! The Barbie Face Mask Spa Day playset celebrates one of her favorite ways to recharge: face masks -- there's dough and forms to make face masks for Barbie and her pup, a marker that creates removable blemishes and a spa-like piece count to let kids immerse themselves in the experience.

    8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by Samsung, 10 out of 10
    Awesome

    Christmas will be excited for my granddaughter this year.

    Oct 15, 2021 16:05
  • Review by legosuperhero7, 10 out of 10
    Excellent Barbie Product

    Great Barbie figure as usual. Great articulation & display quality. Great selection of accessories. Great addition to your collection for the price. Excellent playability.

    Jul 01, 2021 16:20
  • Review by denisej, 10 out of 10
    Barbie Facial

    My five year old granddaughter loves this toy. You mark up Barbie's face with the supplied marker. Placing the play dough on Barbie's for a facial removes the marker marks. You can also give a facial to the dog in the same manner.

    Jan 17, 2021 11:16
  • Review by Beth, 10 out of 10
    Cute

    Great toy ! My girls loved it , so many hours of playing with dolls ! So glad I purchased very cute

    Aug 22, 2021 16:54
  • Review by Nana, 10 out of 10
    birthday

    my granddaughter likes it

    she was so excited when she saw it

    Aug 13, 2021 17:19
  • Review by Snoopy13, 10 out of 10
    a spa day for your daughter

    daughter loves playing spa with her dolls. it is fun to put 'zits' on the doll and then put a facial mask on and watch the face clear up. fun little playset.

    Jan 25, 2021 12:57
  • Review by Katina, 10 out of 10
    buyer

    Bought them for Christmas for my granddaughters. They are crazy over them.

    Apr 23, 2021 21:39
  • Review by mariah, 10 out of 10
    great!

    bought this for my niece! she loves it so much, it seems like very high quality! you can't go wrong with barbie!

    Jan 06, 2021 23:07
  • 3
    Barbie
    Barbie - Face Mask Day Spa Playset - Brunette
    Description

    Barbie knows the way to be one's best is to give yourself the best care! The Barbie Face Mask Spa Day playset celebrates one of her favorite ways to recharge: face masks -- there's dough and forms to make face masks for Barbie and her pup, a marker that creates removable blemishes and a spa-like piece count to let kids immerse themselves in the experience.

    8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by Samsung, 10 out of 10
    Awesome

    Christmas will be excited for my granddaughter this year.

    Oct 15, 2021 16:05
  • Review by legosuperhero7, 10 out of 10
    Excellent Barbie Product

    Great Barbie figure as usual. Great articulation & display quality. Great selection of accessories. Great addition to your collection for the price. Excellent playability.

    Jul 01, 2021 16:20
  • Review by denisej, 10 out of 10
    Barbie Facial

    My five year old granddaughter loves this toy. You mark up Barbie's face with the supplied marker. Placing the play dough on Barbie's for a facial removes the marker marks. You can also give a facial to the dog in the same manner.

    Jan 17, 2021 11:16
  • Review by Beth, 10 out of 10
    Cute

    Great toy ! My girls loved it , so many hours of playing with dolls ! So glad I purchased very cute

    Aug 22, 2021 16:54
  • Review by Nana, 10 out of 10
    birthday

    my granddaughter likes it

    she was so excited when she saw it

    Aug 13, 2021 17:19
  • Review by Snoopy13, 10 out of 10
    a spa day for your daughter

    daughter loves playing spa with her dolls. it is fun to put 'zits' on the doll and then put a facial mask on and watch the face clear up. fun little playset.

    Jan 25, 2021 12:57
  • Review by Katina, 10 out of 10
    buyer

    Bought them for Christmas for my granddaughters. They are crazy over them.

    Apr 23, 2021 21:39
  • Review by mariah, 10 out of 10
    great!

    bought this for my niece! she loves it so much, it seems like very high quality! you can't go wrong with barbie!

    Jan 06, 2021 23:07
  • TP-Link - Kasa Spot Pan and Tilt Indoor 2K Wi-Fi Network Surveillance Camera - Black/White
    Description

    Get the full picture of any space in your apartment, dorm, or home with the Kasa Spot Pan Tilt. With a 360° horizontal view and 113° vertical view, the Pan Tilt has everything covered. Receive real-time alerts through the Kasa app when your camera detects motion or sound activity. With all videos stored locally on a microSD card (microSD card not included), access your video history and live stream 2K HD video to your smartphone, Alexa or Google Assistant supported display. The Pan Tilt’s starlight sensor captures colorful images even in low-light environments while advanced night vision to capture activity up to 30 ft. away in the dark. Set custom activity zones around important areas to control what alerts you receive. Use two-way audio to hear and speak to your family. Pair with Alexa or Google Assistant for voice control.

    10 Features
  • 24/7 Live view: Keep an eye on what’s important to you in real time from anywhere with the Kasa Smart app. Even stream live video to any Alexa or Google Assistant supported display.
  • 2K HD video: Capture delicate details and vivid colors even when you zoom-in.
  • Pan & tilt in real time: Swipe up, down, left and right on your phone to rotate and set your cameras' point of view in real time from anywhere with the Kasa Smart app.
  • Real-time alerts: Get instant alerts when your Kasa Spot detects motion or sound.
  • Motion tracking: When motion activity is detected, Kasa Spot Pan Tilt tracks and follows the subject to within the camera's field of view. Kasa Pan Tilt can even detect motion up to 30ft. in the dark with night vision.
  • Patrol mode: Set multiple distinct viewpoints and program your pan tilt camera to keep an eye on each region at intervals of your choosing.
  • Two-way audio: Use crisp two-way audio to scare off intruders or check in on your family and pets.
  • Secure local storage: Videos are continuously recorded and stored on a microSD card (up to 256 GB). (microSD card not included.)
  • Smart actions: Create interactions between your camera and other Kasa devices. Set your lights to turn on when camera detects motion.
  • Voice control: Pair with Alexa or Google Assistant for voice control.
  • The Most Useful Review
  • Review by Franki, 10 out of 10
    Security camera

    Love this Kasa camera work great has to get the pan and love it

    Oct 30, 2021 21:32
  • Barbie - Dreamhouse Playset - White/Pink
    Description

    When young imaginations open the door to the Barbie® Dreamhouse®, they'll discover unlimited storytelling possibilities! Standing 43 inches tall and 41 inches wide, this dreamy dollhouse inspires 360-degree play with three floors and 10 indoor and outdoor living areas. Move right in and customize the space -- the grass area and pool can be placed in multiple configurations on the first and third floors, and the slide fits in four second-floor locations. After designing the layout, set the scene for any story with three songs, two soundscapes and customizable light settings! Then, double the fun with transforming furniture -- the BBQ grill reverses to reveal a dessert buffet, the entertainment center reverses to reveal a pet play area, and a bunk bed folds down from the wall. Kids can play out any story, from an ordinary day to the ultimate get-together with a kitchen, living room, dining room, bedroom, bathroom, pool, balcony, party room and more. Lift and lower Barbie® doll and her friends in the working elevator, fill the pool with water to make a splash, soak up some sun on the third-floor balcony and rooftop deck, and host a pet playdate with a puppy pool and slide. Storytelling accessories -- over 75 of them! -- feature realistic touches and textures that bring any Barbie® story to life.

    2 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by Nichole, 10 out of 10
    Great barbie house

    Very easy to put together. Daughter loves it! This was her birthday gift. The house is huge. She is 6 and the house is as tallas her.

    Nov 14, 2021 07:25
  • Review by Manny, 10 out of 10
    Best Barbie house

    My daughter loves this Barbie house she plays with it for hours

    Oct 29, 2021 18:20
  • LEGO - City Fire Ladder Truck 60280
    Description

    A treat for kids who love action toys, this LEGO® City Fire Ladder Truck (60280) playset features an iconic fire truck with a raisable extinguisher ladder, plus a water hydrant and stackable LEGO flames for bigger blazes! Bring on the included firefighter and LEGO City TV character Freya McCloud minifigures and the scene is set for endless LEGO City Adventures TV series action! Great building toy for kids This 4+ set includes a simple printed building guide and a Starter Brick that gives youngsters a partly constructed base from which to begin their creative building. And, with the free LEGO Building Instructions app for smartphones and tablets, kids get Instructions PLUS – an interactive construction guide that really makes building child's play! The creative world of LEGO City LEGO City playsets deliver an enjoyable build-and-play experience with feature-rich buildings, realistic vehicles and fun characters that stimulate imaginative, open-ended role play based on real-life events.

    8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by LegoDads, 10 out of 10
    Fire truck putting out the fire

    Great Lego product as they always are. Great for kids the on the recommended ages.

    Nov 06, 2021 08:02
  • Review by nice, 10 out of 10
    Fire trucks

    Great. Easy building . Help my 4 yrs old doing it.

    Nov 13, 2021 14:30
  • Review by Des1015, 10 out of 10
    Cool toy

    Cutest little toy got it for my son and he enjoyed building it

    Nov 05, 2021 21:03
  • Review by Ramirez, 10 out of 10
    Fun!

    They're really fun to play with and my little cousin loves them!

    Oct 09, 2021 10:16
  • Review by Scott, 10 out of 10
    Lego

    Great small Lego build for my sons. Easy to do and fun.

    Oct 08, 2021 15:52
  • Review by Mommamia, 10 out of 10
    Lego fire truck

    Legos ❤️ Love that you guys sell some lego sets I can’t get anywhere else. My som had it put together in like 15 minutes. They are a little more but sometimes it’s worth it.

    Jul 05, 2021 08:29
  • Review by Stuart, 10 out of 10
    It's an age appropriate lego set

    fun, son enjoyed it. exactly as advertised. Legos!

    Oct 04, 2021 10:09
  • Review by Westward, 10 out of 10
    Crazy Fun

    My fun. It made me feel better. Helps with math. Don’t use glue!

    Sep 10, 2021 16:19
  • LEGO - City Oceans Ocean Exploration Submarine 60264
    Description

    Kids can play out exciting sea exploration adventures with this LEGO City Ocean Exploration Submarine (60264) playset, featuring an awesome toy submarine, underwater drone and a seabed-cave setting. And with 4 explorer minifigures, including Jessica Sharpe from the popular LEGO City Adventures TV series, a glowing anglerfish and hidden treasure, the scene is set for endless fun and adventure! Great building set for kids: This building set comes with simple building instructions and Instructions PLUS – part of the free LEGO Building Instructions app for smartphones and tablets. This interactive building guide, with amazing zoom and rotate viewing tools, quickly helps budding LEGO builders become master builders. Cool toys for kids: LEGO City is proud to support the work of National Geographic Explorers. Our Ocean playsets bring an exciting and open-ended world of undersea exploration and adventure, where kids get to enjoy lifelike role-play scenarios with realistic ocean vehicles, lifelike settings and fun characters.

    6 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by PeteNational, 10 out of 10
    Deep sea dive into fun!

    My four year old son loves this set! He put it together with ease. It’s a fun set to play with. The glow in the dark angler fish is worth it all by itself!

    Apr 25, 2021 15:11
  • Review by David, 10 out of 10
    Great set

    My nephew enjoyed building this set. Great Legos as always!

    Jul 30, 2021 15:33
  • Review by Nmwm, 10 out of 10
    Bathtub and glowing fish

    Easy build. Can take into the bathtub (as long as you block the drain)—bonus as it expands play. Too bad the other components to the set are so expensive. Like others, there was a huge lure with the glowing fish.

    Dec 01, 2020 18:12
  • Review by Munocat, 10 out of 10
    Legos to get wet for

    I love legos, and they are the best toys. Great undersea adventures with this lego

    Dec 21, 2020 10:52
  • Review by Vintage, 10 out of 10
    Lego

    Great price for Lego set. And the child loves that it glows in the dark.

    Jan 01, 2021 16:01
  • Review by Maloneymom, 10 out of 10
    Love this

    Love this lego set, so much fun building it with my so. Exactly what he wanted!

    Dec 11, 2020 21:20
  • Swann - Pro Enforcer™ 8-Channel, 8-Bullet Camera Indoor/Outdoor PoE Wired 4K UHD 2TB HDD NVR Security Surveillance System - White
    Description

    The Pro Enforcer™ has red and blue flashing lights, spotlights and sirens to prevent crime. See fine details via 4K UHD video and watch live on your smartphone or smart TV. With color night vision, heat & motion detection in weatherproof cameras, the Pro Enforcer™ is the ultimate security solution.

    7 Features
  • 4K Ultra HD Resolution: State-of-the-art quality that allows you to capture details like faces, license plates, close-ups & more.
  • Controllable Sensor's: These motion activated spotlights, also known as Enforcer™, consist of red & blue flashing lights, sirens & two-way audio.
  • Smart Video Analytics: Including face recognition, vehicle detection, static object detection & more! Provides alerts with specific information you want to know about.
  • Heat & Motion Detection: With Swann's True Detect™, warm objects like people and cars can trigger the lights, siren, push notifications, and recording - fewer false alarms to worry about.
  • Night Vision: Powerful standard visibility up to 130ft, and Night2Day™ colored night vision up to 32ft.
  • 2 trillion bytes - Hard Drive: Record video to the large 2TB hard drive and save footage to your Dropbox in the cloud.
  • Swann Security Mobile App: Allowing viewable access from anywhere at anytime! You can also speak with Alexa and Hey Google regarding your security.
  • The Most Useful Review
  • Review by Buyer, 10 out of 10
    Tired of checking every day!

    I want to purchase this Swann system but it is sold out. How the heck can I put this on a wish list so when Best Buy gets it into stock again, they could send me a notice so I can buy it.

    Nov 13, 2021 19:33
  • Apple - Airpods with Wireless Charging Case - White
    Description

    AirPods deliver high-quality sound and voice-activated Siri¹ for an unparalleled wireless headphone experience. With the Wireless Charging Case, you can simply place them on a charging mat and go. They’re ready to use with all of your devices.² Put them in your ears and they connect immediately. Just like magic.Apple Brand Store at Best Buy.Shop more Apple products

    8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by Kona, 10 out of 10
    I can hear without breaking the bank

    Oh I’m alittle hard of hearing and I heard Apple Airpods could help. Oh my goodness they do, I had been wanting a pair then when I heard this I bought them. They are fantastic, only drawback is when I talk I hear it through the AirPod therefore I’m talking lower Now everyone is saying what did you say instead of having to repeat what they said. They are comfortable to wear unless you want to wear them all day like I do at work I take them out every few hours. The only thing I haven’t figured out is how to listen to music without having to turn on the listening part to hear when ppl talk. That’s not a deal breaker if I have to continue turning it on. They paired with my Apple iPhone 11 in less than a minute

    They arrived from Bestbuy as scheduled. One tip instead of them aiming down they need to aim more toward the sound and your iPhone has to be in your hand or somewhere to pick up the sounds

    Oct 31, 2020 22:23
  • Review by ChrisW, 8 out of 10
    Great but wrong serial number

    I bought the Airpods because I decided to spend more money than 50 dollars on BlueTooth earphones. Right away I was not disappointed. I love these things. I did encounter a problem 2 months into the purchase. My left AirPod stop working. I chatted with Apple and gave them the serial number and they said they had no record of these AirPods and I gave them the serial number in the charging case, no go. Not sure what this means but it took me 17 minutes in order to receive help because whatever number that Best Buy put out did not correspond with Apple's. Small problem because they fixed my Airpods with a factory reset.

    Feb 18, 2021 18:05
  • Review by Debi8x0, 10 out of 10
    Great AirPods!

    I purchased these AirPods2 and it was the best investment ever! I have a Samsung phone and although the features to use the AirPods are a little different then the iPhone it was not a deal breaker for me. The sound is great, people don't even know that I have them on which is awesome. I also love how compact and sleek they look. I would definitely recommend this to my family and friends.

    Aug 11, 2019 09:00
  • Review by dd61, 8 out of 10
    They're Apple.... enough said

    I had gone through a number of headsets from Jaybirds to Bose. Finally I just bit the bullet. I was tired of trying to economize. For just a little more than the Bose I got the clarity and volume I wanted. The wireless case is nice but in hind site not really worth the extra bling. The battery is a little on the weak side. I play a lot of music so its an understandable drain. But a certain oddity is that they two don't seem to drain equally. I always end up with one having about an extra half hour. Oh and one last thing, when I read the reviews before I bought I saw some that talked about them being dirty. I'm not sure if is pocket dirt or ear wax or both, but the headsets themselves are clean but the case not so much, look at the picture. Kinda gross and I have cleaned it a number of times

    Jun 18, 2020 12:32
  • Review by tluft912, 10 out of 10
    Convenience is Key

    At first, I was hesitant spending $199 on a pair of earbuds. I have used numerous other pairs of earbuds, including Jaybird Freedom and Bose Soundsport. The AirPods blow these other earbuds out of the water.

    If the wired EarPods that came with your iPhone fit in your ears, sound good and are comfortable, you will be pleased with the AirPods.

    The convenience factor is huge with the AirPods. The experience is what I would describe as magical. Connecting the AirPods to your iPhone/Apple devices couldn’t be easier. All you have to do is open the AirPod case and put an earbud in your ear. The earbud automatically detects when it is in your ear and will start playing your music. Your music automatically pauses when you take one out of your ear and automatically resumes when you put it back in.

    Since there are no rubber tips at the end of the AirPods, they do not do a great job isolating outside noise. This can be good or bad, depending on what you want out of earbuds. These are perfect for an office environment where you are still required to be able to hear coworkers around you.

    I am overall happy with the sound quality. The mids and highs are great, and the low-end bass is adequate for the size and stature of the earbuds. Phone calls sound crystal clear.

    If you are on the fence about getting the version with wireless charging, I’d strongly recommend them if you already have wireless charging pads for your iPhone. It is extremely convenient to just drop your AirPods on the charging mat. Wireless charging does take longer than using the included cord, however, it is not an issue if you are not in a rush or if you set them on the charger overnight.

    Overall, I am extremely pleased with my purchase. This is Apple’s best product in a long time. If my AirPods were to die on me, I’d purchase a replacement set in a heartbeat.

    Jun 10, 2019 13:27
  • Review by GirlsJustWannaHaveFun, 10 out of 10
    Best AirPods

    I originally purchased the AirPod Pros, but noticed them constantly falling out of my ear which I found very aggravating. However, I am so glad I didn’t settle and bought these AirPods instead as they are 10x better. After owning these AirPods for over 7 months, I can truly say I have no complaints as I am happy with my purchase!

    Nov 03, 2021 01:45
  • Review by ScorpioQueen78, 8 out of 10
    Loses Bluetooth connection

    Sometimes the pods lose Bluetooth connection to the phone, and usually it happens when I am near my phone. Not sure why. Otherwise I like the pods. Definitely don’t miss the old headphones getting tangled lol

    Aug 30, 2019 18:09
  • Review by Boss, 8 out of 10
    Pros and Cons

    They’re awesome I just find myself wanting to click a button to pause or go to the next track if I’m working out, it’s a drag to have to open my phone to change the song over and over again. The biggest thing I enjoy about them is that there are a lot of AirPod cases that keep them secure, easy to carry and keep track of. Otherwise I wouldn’t purchase them again if I lost them. They’re too easy to misplace if you’re not organized.

    Aug 15, 2021 01:21
  • 9.6score
    MacBook Air 13.3" Laptop - Apple M1 chip - 8GB Memory - 256GB SSD (Latest Model) - Space Gray
    Description

    Apple’s thinnest and lightest notebook gets supercharged with the Apple M1 chip. Tackle your projects with the blazing-fast 8-core CPU. Take graphics-intensive apps and games to the next level with the 7-core GPU. And accelerate machine learning tasks with the 16-core Neural Engine. All with a silent, fanless design and the longest battery life ever — up to 18 hours.¹ MacBook Air. Still perfectly portable. Just a lot more powerful.Apple Brand Store at Best Buy.Shop more Apple products

    8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by Dnice, 8 out of 10
    The 2014 Mac Air VS the New Mac Air

    I own two Mac Airs. One from 2014 and this one. I would like to compare the two because I feel there are some features on the older version that are more desirable.

    1. The Battery

    The new Mac battery lasts forever and charges quickly with a USB-C port. I favor the older magnetic charger but that's a small thing.

    2. Display

    The new display is very clear however, the screen extends to the very edge of the device similar to the iPhone. So if you drop this device you're screwed. I dropped my 2014 and it dented the edge of the screen but didn't break the glass because of the extra aluminum edge. I don't think the new Mac screen would survive this.

    3. The web cam

    The 2014 is very dark for some reason. The new Mac seems to have fixed this issue with a nice and clear video.

    4. USB ports

    The 2014 has 2 USB-A ports, a lighting connection port, phone jack and an SDXC card slot

    The new Mac only has two USB-C ports and a headphone jack! so you need a number of adapters to connect anything which is quite annoying especially since my wireless mouse uses an old USB-A. Apple only sells limited adapters so you need to buy PC adapters which I'm not crazy about. However I have a dual USB-A adapter from Dell that works great

    5. The Chip

    The M1 chip is lighting fast. Even though my 2014 has an 1.4 Ghz dual core I5, it doesn't compare.

    6. The famous logo

    It's another little thing but, I liked the illuminated apple logo on the back of the 2014. Maybe its no longer there to extend battery life? Idk but I thought it was a nice feature that separated apple from the rest.

    Feb 19, 2021 17:22
  • Review by AquariusBeauty83, 10 out of 10
    Macbook Gal

    I've purchased this model of the MacBook; the day after Christmas. When I bought it, I fell in love with it. I bought the Gold Color; which I thought was cute. Although the MacBook came with the 256GB which I thought was enough. I bought this MacBook for online school, it is so flawless. I love the quietness, no viruses and the compatibility. It is very fast. This is my first MacBook and I will keep it forever.

    Feb 13, 2021 00:56
  • Review by Tori, 8 out of 10
    Read BEFORE purchasing “Open box” condition!

    I bought this online in “Open box” condition meaning the display model. It was described as being on excellent condition and all in all I ended up paying around $970 for it after taxes and fees. When I first received the laptop I was immediately in awe of its beauty (I bought the rose gold version) However upon trying to set up the laptop and gain access into it I ran into a bunch of issues which required me to contact Apple support. Best Buy had not done a software reset on the laptop before shipping it to me which resulted in me not being able to log in or set up my password. It was only after 2 days of receiving it that Apple finally pin pointed the issue and was able to walk me through doing a complete reset thereby allowing me to finally gain access into my laptop! Ever since then I’ve been in love with it! My only small complaint would be that I have to buy an adapter now to be able to connect my phone to it, other than that this was a great buy!

    Apr 17, 2021 11:08
  • Review by Adrian, 10 out of 10
    My one and only daily driver for everything

    I have been using this laptop as my daily driver ever since the day I purchased it. It has never overheated. The most it ever gets is a bit warm after having 10+ windows and applications open in the background. The feeling of the laptop is therapeutic and feels amazing, but I recommend having some form of protection because it does feel like one drop from a decent height can be fatal. The display is great. The sound is from the speakers are actually more than decent. Overall, this MacBook Air has been amazing. Highly recommend!

    Sep 11, 2021 06:37
  • Review by Happy, 10 out of 10
    Speedy new me!

    Replaced my 10-year-old MacBook Air & I am so happy. The new one has many improvements, for example in the grammar & spelling corrections. Speed is greatly improved. Unfortunately the USB port is different so I had to buy an adapter to look at any old flash drives. Not sure why they did that, but since it’s Apple, I’m sure there was a good reason.

    Apr 09, 2021 16:39
  • Review by Samk, 10 out of 10
    Best machine at Best Buy

    M1 chip is faster than core i5. I see there is quite a big difference in machine handling concurrent applications at a time. Really nice improvement by Apple.

    Dec 18, 2020 16:03
  • Review by Alexx96, 10 out of 10
    MacBook Air 2020

    love the screen

    the movies look very nice

    my first time with a MacBook and it is amazing

    Nov 21, 2020 14:58
  • Review by kevin8187, 10 out of 10
    Look no further....THIS IS IT!!

    Absolutely FANTASTIC! I love the size and weight of this MacBook. The keyboard and trackpad are awesome!! It all works and performs as you would expect from a premium computer. I bought a Incase Icon sleeve to store in when not in use. That is a must have accessory to have to protect computer. This was my second MacBook Air purchase. I purchased first one from Apple directly. I liked mine so much I bought the girlfriend this one for her birthday from Best Buy. She's in love with it as well. Thank you Apple and Best Buy!

    Aug 18, 2021 19:59
  • 9.6score
    Apple - AirPods (2nd generation) - White
    Description

    With high-quality sound, voice-activated Siri,¹ and complete with Charging Case that provides over 24 hours of listening time,² AirPods deliver an unparalleled wireless headphone experience. They’re ready to use with all of your devices.³ Put them in your ears and they connect immediately, immersing you in rich, high-quality sound. Just like magic.Apple Brand Store at Best Buy.Shop more Apple products

    8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by MKLight, 10 out of 10
    AirPods - They’re Good

    I’ve been purchasing Plantronics Bluetooth earpieces for years. I really like them, but my last one didn’t last as long as the others. Several friends highly recommended the AirPods. I wasn’t sure about them as I am not a big fan of their design. I tried some Amazon brands, but didn’t like and return them. I was nervous about the lack of noise cancellation, as I use is mainly for phone calls. I want them for just over a week and people say they sound good. They are comfortable. They don’t fall out as I expected them to. I had to get used to pulling them out of the case as the magnetic feature holds them in a little bit more than I expected. That AirPods are about the size I expected, but the charging case is smaller than I expected. Overall I really like them, but with my experience with Plantronics, I ended up buying AppleCare+ for these. So far I’m happy…

    Oct 27, 2019 21:15
  • Review by tranuhhsaurus, 10 out of 10
    Great for office

    It really took me a long time to finally give in to buying these. They honestly look so ugly, and I still think they do. I'm slowly accepting that they are the norm now to wear them in public. -cringe- Anyways I received a coupon from best buy and I just caved in and bought them on black friday since they were on sale (not by much). I used that sale plus my $25 giftcard and bought them. I literally shook my head vigorously and to my surprise, they did not come out. And trust me, I was seriously shaking my head. Got dizzy and a headache. The quality is actually really good. I wear them in the office and forget they're on sometimes. It's also easy to make phone calls without the hassle of wires.

    Jan 03, 2020 08:53
  • Review by Kay08, 10 out of 10
    Great product!

    They are very convenient especially when I’m walking around or doing other activities and I don’t have to constantly hold my phone which is perfect the only thing is it after a while they do tend to hurt the inside of my ears but I can tolerate it and I’ll just take them out for a little while the battery life on them is that they don’t last all day but for the majority of the time the best thing about it is that once they start to go dead I can pop them in the case and they’re charged within a matter of minutes normally what I would do is use one and when that one dies I can switch them out! Pricey but worth it

    May 08, 2020 16:49
  • Review by Lookbeforebuying, 10 out of 10
    Best Earphones hands Down!! Don’t judge Everythin!

    Has a lot of bass! I should’ve got these in the first place because i had got the pros and those kept slipping out my ear because i have a sweaty ears. Sooo i kept searching and i was skeptical on getting these because of the first incident and me getting different earphones…nope didn’t work so i looked for these and went on best buy because i trust best buy now i got the earphones ive always wanted!!! Don’t be judgmental about items because that one item or person, place, or thing might be the thing you need..

    Jun 25, 2021 15:59
  • Review by KRae88, 10 out of 10
    Amazing

    I love them they sound great work great look great good deal I only needed the 1st gen I understand the 2nd gen is a little more upgraded but who needs it? All I wanted was the AirPods I had no head phones so I decided why not I bought some little ear covers so they stayed in my ear which was a perfect decision cause now they don’t fall out cause one of my ears would fall out cause not all ears are equal lol. I would buy if you want to splurge!

    Jul 04, 2020 09:41
  • Review by Johnson, 10 out of 10
    2nd gen airpods

    In my opinion, so much better than airpod pro when it comes to level of comfort and loudness. Had the very first gen airpod lasted four years but they’d been through the washer machine and everything so they might’ve lasted longer; they still work but they die within five minutes so these 2nd gen are my replacement!

    Dec 01, 2020 15:30
  • Review by TheVideoGuy, 10 out of 10
    Same great apple feel… now CORDLESS!!!

    I was very skeptical at first about the AirPods. I actullay bought knock-off brand that was a 1:1 clone copy. Everything felt the same except for the sound quality. No knock-off brand can compare to that original AirPod sound.

    Surprisingly, I have zero latency when I use them while editing videos with my MacBook Pro.

    Oct 17, 2019 18:29
  • Review by Bruno999, 10 out of 10
    Expensive but flawless performance

    I love these little guys. I am a headphone junkie. I have Bose noise cancelling for travel, Aftershockz for swimming, and these AirPods for all day/ everyday. I keep these in my pocket for phone calls, mostly, and they never fail me. Apple makes for quick connect and they work with my iPad, too. I am able to hear music, podcasts, and phone calls while maintaining awareness of my surroundings.

    Recommend a case for scratch and drop protection.

    This purchase was for my daughter going off to college. I have actually owned my pair for more than six months.

    Aug 14, 2020 17:06
  • 9.6score
    Red Dead Redemption 2 Standard Edition - Xbox One
    Description

    Winner of over 175 Game of the Year Awards and recipient of over 250 perfect scores, Red Dead Redemption 2 is an epic tale of honor and loyalty at the dawn of the modern age.America, 1899.Arthur Morgan and the Van der Linde gang are outlaws on the run. With federal agents and the best bounty hunters in the nation massing on their heels, the gang must rob, steal and fight their way across the rugged heartland of America in order to survive. As deepening internal divisions threaten to tear the gang apart, Arthur must make a choice between his own ideals and loyalty to the gang who raised him.Now featuring additional Story Mode content and a fully-featured Photo Mode, Red Dead Redemption 2 also includes free access to the shared living world of Red Dead Online, where players take on an array of roles to carve their own unique path on the frontier as they track wanted criminals as a Bounty Hunter, create a business as a Trader, unearth exotic treasures as a Collector or run an underground distillery as a Moonshiner and much more.This item cannot be returned or refunded, please visit to learn more.Best Buy Return Policy

    8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by ericjwin, 10 out of 10
    Fabulous 4K Detail, Very Replayable!

    One of the very best video games I've played in the past 20 years.

    I'm on my third time through. Large collections of guns, wildlife, gangs, scenery, plants, etc. etc. I bought a copy for my grandchildren last year, so I decided to buy another copy for myself!

    Jun 20, 2020 09:18
  • Review by Brian, 10 out of 10
    GTA in the Wild West!

    Red Dead Redemption 2 is a 2018 action-adventure game developed and published by Rockstar Games. The game is the third entry in the Red Dead series and is a prequel to the 2010 game Red Dead Redemption.

    Jan 31, 2020 15:45
  • Review by Thms, 10 out of 10
    Totally recommended

    This game is incredible! With the Best Buy everything good... delivery in time and perfect!!

    Feb 20, 2021 10:22
  • Review by JimmySkinny, 10 out of 10
    The wait was worth it...

    I’ve been waiting for this game since the first one came out around 8 years ago. This game is visually breathtaking and the scale is crazy big. So much to do, missions, hunting legendary animals, finishing for legendary fish, rob stage coaches. You name it you can probably do it (perverts will be disappointed)!

    Online play is now available which extends the lifespan of this game indefinitely.

    Nov 30, 2018 12:52
  • Review by C1cman123, 10 out of 10
    Fun game to play

    I love the story and online play I bean playing it since I got it me and my friends love this game

    Feb 14, 2020 21:18
  • Review by Vortex, 4 out of 10
    Big map but very difficult to local story missions

    While RDR2 map appears to be large, the game expects the player to keep wondering on the map in looking for story related mini missions.

    Some quest can become broken if getting killed while on mission. When the game reloads, the player is at middle of no where.

    Having daylight changes can put some quest almost impossible to play if reached at the location at night.

    Jul 17, 2021 04:57
  • Review by SavagedOutTongan, 10 out of 10
    Great game

    Many hours of game play. Hidden gold bar location in the added pic.

    Dec 21, 2018 12:44
  • Review by Papaburgundy125, 10 out of 10
    Epic next gen game

    Blows my pants offf with the 4K hdr. Top quality game

    Nov 13, 2018 22:44
  • 9.6score
    Spyro Reignited Trilogy - Xbox One
    Description

    Spyro's back and he's all scaled up!The original roast master is back. Same sick burns, same smoldering attitude, now all scaled up in stunning HD. Spyro is bringing the heat like never before in the Spyro Reignited Trilogy game collection. Rekindle the fire with the original three games, Spyro the Dragon, Spyro 2: Ripto's Rage! and Spyro: Year of the Dragon. Explore the expansive realms, re-encounter the fiery personalities and relive the adventure in fully remastered glory. Because when there's a realm that needs saving, there's only one dragon to call.

    3 Features
  • Spyro the Dragon: Gnasty Gnorc has returned from exile and has unleashed evil magic on the Dragon Realms, trapping the Dragons in crystal and raising an army of Gnorcs.
  • Spyro 2: Ripto's Rage!: Spyro has been brought to the land of Avalar to defeat the evil sorcerer Ripto who has brought war to Avalar's Homeworlds.
  • Spyro: Year of the Dragon: The Dragon Realms are celebrating the Year of the Dragon when a mysterious cloaked figure emerges to steal all the Dragon Eggs.
  • 8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by Brad, 10 out of 10
    Blast from the past

    This game was full of nostalgia. It was fun to introduce my kids to Spyro and see them enjoy the game as much as I enjoyed the original.

    Apr 21, 2021 11:37
  • Review by Annon, 10 out of 10
    Fun

    This game takes me back.

    I enjoyed the nostalgia.

    Thanks

    Jun 11, 2021 16:37
  • Review by Vanmarr, 10 out of 10
    Love this game

    Great game. I played this as a child and now bought it for my daughter. She loves it!

    Apr 30, 2021 17:22
  • Review by Jordon, 10 out of 10
    Spyro Trilogy for Xbox One

    I'm so excited that Spyro is back! It's amazing and more colorful. I know it says remastered, but I would have liked him to be able to swim in disc one. Cannot tell you about the other disc right now cause I'm only on the first one.

    Aug 29, 2020 18:58
  • Review by Nate, 10 out of 10
    Nice game

    It a really cool game Really enjoy playing It’s a little different than the old ones

    Apr 13, 2021 12:01
  • Review by WifeofVanilla, 10 out of 10
    Love all the nostalgia

    LOVE LOVE LOVE LOVE. they did a great job remaking this game. Some things are so nostalgic I almost want to cry

    Feb 12, 2021 21:15
  • Review by CHARLETTE, 10 out of 10
    I FEEL LIKE A KID AGAIN!!

    SO EXCITED TO HAVE THIS GAME, GOT IT HOME AND WAS EAGER AS A KID ON CHRISTMAS TO OPEN IT AND POP IT IN. MET MY EVERY EXPECTATION AND SOME, BRINGS ME BACK TO BEING A KID AGAIN AND PLAYING THE ORIGINAL SPYRO GAMES, BUT IT'S EVEN BETTER BECAUSE YOU GET ALL 3 GAMES ON ONE DISC!!

    Feb 22, 2019 15:57
  • Review by mechdesigner, 8 out of 10
    The PaPa

    Bought for my granddaughter had one before and she was asking about it. Found out I could get one for the x-box she has. Been playing if since she got it for her and she likes it very much.

    Mar 06, 2021 13:03
  • 9.6score
    Spyro Reignited Trilogy - PlayStation 4, PlayStation 5
    Description

    Spyro's back and he's all scaled up!The original roast master is back. Same sick burns, same smoldering attitude, now all scaled up in stunning HD. Spyro is bringing the heat like never before in the Spyro Reignited Trilogy game collection. Rekindle the fire with the original three games, Spyro the Dragon, Spyro 2: Ripto's Rage! and Spyro: Year of the Dragon. Explore the expansive realms, re-encounter the fiery personalities and relive the adventure in fully remastered glory. Because when there's a realm that needs saving, there's only one dragon to call.

    3 Features
  • Spyro the Dragon: Gnasty Gnorc has returned from exile and has unleashed evil magic on the Dragon Realms, trapping the Dragons in crystal and raising an army of Gnorcs.
  • Spyro 2: Ripto's Rage!: Spyro has been brought to the land of Avalar to defeat the evil sorcerer Ripto who has brought war to Avalar's Homeworlds.
  • Spyro: Year of the Dragon: The Dragon Realms are celebrating the Year of the Dragon when a mysterious cloaked figure emerges to steal all the Dragon Eggs.
  • 8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by Kvargas, 10 out of 10
    Amazing game!!

    This game is amazing! I was relieving my childhood days. I'm so happy they remastered it. I can't stop playing this game. Also, Best Buy made it so easy to purchase and great deals.

    Nov 17, 2021 16:23
  • Review by Megan, 10 out of 10
    The exact same game you love but prettier

    It was awesome to be able to relive my childhood replying all of these games. The graphics are good and they didn't mess with the game play or controls too much. My only gripe is with the technology these days it would have been cool to see way more detail in this. They still kept the original cartoony style. Missed opportunity.

    Feb 12, 2019 10:08
  • Review by BigNastyOgre, 10 out of 10
    Glad it is all on disc

    A worthwhile purchase, especially since I never played these 3 Spyro games before. With the initual runs of the game, only the first game was on disc, and the others were downloads.

    Although the packaging hasn't changed to indicate the disc contains all three games, all copies should be complete on disc now for sure.

    Graphics are a vast improvementover the originals, obviously. The games are a bit on the easy side, but they're good and easy platinum trophies if you are a trophy hunter.

    Dec 22, 2020 08:48
  • Review by Kaligirl, 8 out of 10
    Spyro

    I love playing this game! Spyro is soooooooo Cute All the bright colors, adventures & i really have an issue with wanting to collect All the Gems!

    Nov 17, 2021 18:15
  • Review by Jordan, 10 out of 10
    Spyro

    Absolute awesome game. Graphics are great. really brings back the memories.

    Oct 31, 2021 18:12
  • Review by Hackcell, 10 out of 10
    Excellent game

    I highly recommend this. Toys for Bob did an outstanding job. They look like completely different games with the new graphics. As great as the originals are, no longer to the dragons look generic like in the originals. They each have their own appearances and character that fit the home world they are in. The Peace Keepers worlds also don’t look so bland anymore. They actually look like deserts. Also, there’s a tad more challenge to the game. The characters move slightly differently and that changes the challenges ever so slightly, and I like it.

    Dec 16, 2020 20:34
  • Review by Natg, 10 out of 10
    Game

    Great game for the family. Very entertaining. Nintendo switch

    Oct 20, 2021 19:34
  • Review by Jarrica, 10 out of 10
    Spyro

    Love this game!!! Such nostalgia playing this rendition on our PS5.

    Sep 03, 2021 17:27
  • 9.6score
    LEGO - City Race Buggy Transporter 60288
    Description

    Everything is awesome about this LEGO® City Race Buggy Transporter (60288) playset, featuring a toy SUV off-roader with a trailer for transporting the steerable Baja race buggy. And with 2 racing driver minifigures on standby, it’s all set for high-speed racing adventures! A great building set for boys and girls aged 5 and up With this LEGO playset you get a simple building guide and Instructions PLUS. Part of the free LEGO Building Instructions app for smartphones and tablets, this interactive construction guide, with zoom and rotate viewing tools, really does make LEGO building child’s play. Cool toy playsets for kids LEGO City Great Vehicles playsets put creativity into kids’ hands with feature-rich, land, air and water toys that spark the imagination. Children get to explore all kinds of realistic vehicles and create stories and scenarios that depict real life in a fun and imaginative way.

    8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by DEAG, 10 out of 10
    Lego Cars

    I bought this for my grandson. He is 9 and did need a little help putting it together. He and his dad enjoyed working together. I would recommend this as a good gift. Lego kits are fun as you can add them to other kits to expand your collection.

    Nov 10, 2021 21:11
  • Review by Grampa3, 10 out of 10
    Grampa j

    My grandson has had a bundle of fun with this Lego kit. The price was also the best I could find.

    Nov 17, 2021 16:51
  • Review by SunDowner, 10 out of 10
    Good lego

    Basic lego set, kid liked it. I got to put it together for him.

    Nov 19, 2021 16:53
  • Review by Justin, 10 out of 10
    Great buy

    My kids absolutely loved this set. The instructions were easy for them to follow with little help.

    Oct 22, 2021 19:11
  • Review by Anonymous, 10 out of 10
    Rover and race car

    Another amazing build. Son collects legos and as long as one follows the instructions this is easy. He did it in the afternoon session. Like to play with rover and him being the race car

    Aug 16, 2021 13:26
  • Review by John, 10 out of 10
    Nice toy

    My grandsons are going to love this Lego set. Perfect for their age

    Oct 29, 2021 15:31
  • Review by awesome, 10 out of 10
    so awesome

    we love this lego. my son and i are huge City nerds and this just complimented our other sets as we can both play with either the trailer jeep or the buggy. thanks lego!

    Jul 30, 2021 15:59
  • Review by Triley, 10 out of 10
    Great Set!

    Bought This Set For My Boy He Loves It! Easy To build Looks Really Nice!

    Oct 04, 2021 16:36
  • 9.6score
    Samsung - 70” Class 7 Series LED 4K UHD Smart Tizen TV
    Description

    Enhance your viewing experience with this 70-inch Samsung 4K UHD smart TV. The HDR technology and 4K UHD resolution render sharp details and realistic colors, while a Crystal processor delivers exceptional picture quality on the flat-panel display. This Bluetooth-enabled Samsung 4K UHD smart TV is voice controllable for hands-free operation and seamless wireless streaming.Welcome to the Samsung Virtual Showroom.Discover the future of TV with Samsung

    10 Features
  • Smart TV Powered by Tizen: Access a world of content beyond streaming. Schedule recordings, search, auto-adjust game settings, and seamlessly connect with a host of compatible devices across your home, all with one easy-to-use remote
  • PurColor: Witness true-to-life color that can't be found on HDTV, with millions of shades revealed through powerful Dynamic Crystal technology.
  • Crystal Processor 4K: See every detail with stunning clarity. The powerful processor, specifically tuned for Crystal Displays, converts what you're watching to 4K.
  • Edge LEDs with Contrast Enhancer: Get a rich, natural picture with a unique technology that analyzes each image and dynamically adjusts the contrast, resulting in enhanced depth and color.
  • HDR: Enjoy a whole new world of vivid color and detail found in newer films and streaming service content with HDR, also known as High Dynamic Range.
  • PC On TV: Easily access your compatible PC, laptop, and mobile content seamlessly on your TV.
  • 4K UHD Upscaling: Instantly transforms everything you watch to 4K.
  • Universal Guide: Find your favorite movies and TV shows easily all in one place, with a simple on-screen guide that provides you with tailored recommendations for exploring new content.
  • Adaptive Sound: Enhance your experience with dynamic, adaptive sound that consistently delivers clear dialogue, music, and special effects, automatically optimized from scene to scene.
  • OneRemote FunctionEasily: Automatically detects and controls all compatible connected devices and content.
  • 8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by Noregrets, 10 out of 10
    SAMSUNG TV THE BEST NOT SO MUCH OF THE SERVICE PLA

    Sumsung tv is amazing and very beautiful tv 70" inch is a great size and can't complain love this since i set it up the picture is so clear and so smooth you have to buybto understand and enjoy the crystal view out of this world but to get the insurance for the tv is not worth it must ask insurance is only for dead pixels not for damage to tv nor other repairs to tvs buyers Be warned i will never buy insurance from best buy it is not worth it!!! They tell you one thing and now im lossing out on money and they wasted my time!!! They dont send out there geek squad but a 3rd party if you request for geek squad they charge you for the visit smh waste of time and money for me

    Aug 30, 2021 13:35
  • Review by Jenn, 10 out of 10
    Highly recommend!

    I was replacing an older Sony Wega, 60", with custom sound & built in sound bars. The screen became so dim (even after replacing the lamp), that i just couldn't watch it anymore.

    Since I'd had that for 7 years& it was given to me, i was VERY concerned with making sure i was happy about the replacement. I really wanted a 75", but, the 70" is more than enough!

    I got used to using any apps through the firestick, & even though i have a smart tv in my bedroom, it makes such a big difference, having them built into our livingroom tv.

    I only use Samsung phones, so i had high hopes, & so far, this tv has exceeded my expectations! The older tv did have AMAZING sound, so i purchased a Samsung soundbar w/sub, & the two together are just, perfect!

    The picture is beautiful, & it is so easy to set up manually, or through the samsung app. Highly recommended!

    Oct 15, 2021 15:39
  • Review by Vzeratg8, 10 out of 10
    Best TV for your money

    Just purchased a new home and bought this tv to go over the fire place. Its the perfect size, the tv is smooth when you are going through the apps and easy to connect to your samsung phone and internet. Love I would get another one.

    Oct 19, 2021 12:08
  • Review by AprilandLarry, 10 out of 10
    I love this television

    I waited a very long time before considering this purchase. I previously had an LG that was 55 inches but I was impressed with the quality of the Samsung picture, because my mother has a Samsung in her home. It was very easy to set up and honestly I wish that I wouldn’t of waited so long to purchase his television.

    Sep 17, 2021 20:48
  • Review by Crystal, 10 out of 10
    A real screen shot

    The Samsung 70" tv I purchased was a great buy. This tv is great. This is an upgrade from the 65" Westinghouse I purchased here a few years ago.

    Oct 29, 2021 18:27
  • Review by Ersanchez, 10 out of 10
    Awesome TV

    Awesome TV for the price...! That thing looks huge and the image quality is crisp with beautiful colors and details. Highly recommend it...!

    Oct 29, 2021 21:37
  • Review by Love, 10 out of 10
    70” Class Series LED 4K UHD Smart Tizen TV.

    I bought this huge Tv for my daughter and her husband as a housewarming gift. They loved it. Beautiful colors amazing futures . Price is right.

    Oct 23, 2021 11:31
  • Review by Flemflam, 10 out of 10
    Lovely picture!

    Just brought this TV! Had it set up today! So far so good! I love the picture and it looks great! I pray it will last for years to come!

    Oct 24, 2021 20:17
  • 9.4score
    Beats by Dr. Dre - Beats Studio³ Wireless Noise Cancelling Headphones - Matte Black
    Description

    Beats Studio³ Wireless headphones deliver a premium listening experience with Pure Adaptive Noise Cancelling (Pure ANC) to actively block external noise, and real-time audio calibration to preserve clarity, range, and emotion. It continuously pinpoints sounds to block while automatically responding to individual fit and music playback. The efficiency of the Apple W1 chip supports up to 22 hours of battery life with Pure ANC on, and Pure ANC off for low-power mode provides up to 40 hours of playback.

    8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by Thcamerangles, 10 out of 10
    Mind blown

    Great sound ! Great quality ! I love the noise canceling feature it’s amazing how far technology has came to be. Bass on this is great and vocals are crispy! Definitely recommend specially if you want to enjoy music as you cook or go for a walk. Been having mines for a while now since 7/2020 and barely replaced the ear pads as I accidentally tore one very easy to replace tho! Charge fast and last a long time on a single charge ! Travel case is very helpful too I absolutely love my headphones ! I was a bit bummed out when I found out the price dropped a couple weeks after I got mines … I paid $360 and later I saw them for $200 something would’ve been nice to get the refund for the difference but great headphones and definitely worth it if you want to have great bass and great quality

    Oct 16, 2021 02:05
  • Review by Tireshopgirl, 10 out of 10
    Love them. Sometimes I don't even turn them on.

    Love them! First and foremost I'm an Android phone user, and I have zero problems connecting them to my phone. Piece of cake one button beep beep beep connected. Love that.

    Second I'm not a disc jockey, a professional musician, I don't work in a sound lab, or a studio. I wear these when I play poker. And I'm not a professional card player. I just dislike sitting at tables with annoying people... That's why I love them I got them in Red, so when I put them on there totally obvious that's why I don't even have to try them on sometimes I can just put them on my head people see that I'm wearing them and they leave me alone while I can hear everything going on at the table nobody talks to me because they think I can't hear them. When I am wearing and then the sound is phenomenal and nobody can hear what I'm listening to... So well I can hear faintly what they're saying they have no idea if I'm listening to Classic Rock hardcore 90s cuss word least rap or Britney Spears pop rock from the 2000s... I love my Beats I watch them like a hawk and I would recommend them with five stars to anybody who is interested thank you dr. Dre

    Jan 07, 2019 05:49
  • Review by Fitmuva37, 10 out of 10
    Better than on-the-ear beats

    I've had this for only a few days but I love them. I had the on the ear headphones and they weren't a great. They hurt my ears when I first purchased them and I couldn't workout put in then without having to adjust them constantly. These headphones don't budge while working out. They don't hurt my ears. The noise cancellation is ok but I can deal.

    Oct 27, 2021 16:16
  • Review by RodN, 8 out of 10
    4th set, but worth it!

    Can’t be beat for great acoustic sound and noise reduction. My son is autistic and can’t be without them. They provide optimal reduction in sensory stimulation.

    One issue, they usually break in the same place (hinging joints) in around 6 - 9 months... strongly recommend extended warranty! Even with this defect, unable to find a better product.

    Feb 15, 2020 19:51
  • Review by Taptime, 10 out of 10
    The only thing I rock

    As a radio host I will not work with out them. Don’t care about wireless although that’s great I need the cord to plug into the studio system...And the sound of my voice in my headphones gives me a more accurate feel for what they hear in my voice...trust me it’s different

    May 15, 2020 23:13
  • Review by Star1073, 10 out of 10
    Good purchase

    Thdy are amazing but when i try and talk on my livestream chats the microphone quality sucks. But they are far better than the ones that are on the ear, as they dont make my ears soar after im wearing them for hours for my classwork

    Sep 25, 2021 13:10
  • Review by BrandonC, 10 out of 10
    I love these headphones, but...

    I bought these as part of an open box purchase online without even looking at them. I do love the product they're great pair of headphones. They came with all the extras that they're supposed to.

    The only issues I had one there little tight on the head become uncomfortable after a while. The other I drive a Jeep so my ride is kind of bumpy sometimes not that I'm driving listening to headphones as a passenger. But whenever you hit bumps and you have the device doing its proper job you do get some good pumps from the base.

    Have an Android instead of an iPhone so there were some issues in the initial setup and pairing of the device but after awhile it all worked out and works on multiple devices now.

    Jan 17, 2018 17:58
  • Review by Anonymous, 10 out of 10
    5 star!!

    Everything's brand new! My first time to have a beats headphones. One of the best! I can now alternate between my beats studios and beats studio buds! I also bought applecare for 2 years! I hope this will last.

    Sep 11, 2021 00:19
  • 9.4score
    18
    Terminator 2: Judgment Day [SteelBook] [Includes Digital Copy] [4K Ultra HD Blu-ray/Blu-ray] [1991]
    Description

    In this sequel to the sci-fi action thriller that made him and star Arnold Schwarzenegger A-list Hollywood names, co-writer/director James Cameron upped the ante by employing a more sweeping story line and cutting-edge special effects. Linda Hamilton returns as Sarah Connor, now a single mother to rebellious teen John Connor (Edward Furlong). Having been informed by a time-traveling soldier in the first film that John will one day grow up to become humanity's savior from a computer-controlled Armageddon, Sarah has responded by becoming a muscle-bound she-warrior bent on educating him in survival tactics and battle strategies. Unfortunately, her ranting about humankind's future has landed her in an insane asylum and John in foster care. When a new and improved Terminator android called the T-1000 (Robert Patrick) arrives in 1995 to eliminate John, an older model T-800 (Schwarzenegger) is also sent from the future to protect the boy. The T-1000, however, has the ability to morph itself into any shape it desires, allowing it chameleon-like powers and near indestructibility. The T-800, John, and Sarah must learn to trust each other in order to stay one step ahead of the T-1000, and their mission to save humanity eventually leads them to Miles Dyson (Joe Morton), the scientist whose research will help bring about Skynet and the Terminators. Terminator 2: Judgment Day (1991), which won four Oscars in technical categories for its groundbreaking effects, was followed by a short sequel filmed exclusively as an attraction for theme parks, Terminator 2: 3-D Battle Across Time (1996).~Karl Williams

    8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by Major, 10 out of 10
    Skynet is back…

    Very cool artwork. The picture is way better than my Blu Ray Steelbook. It even has the German audio in 7.1. Arnies English voice is a Desaster..haha..anyhow, one negative part is, that the version does not contain the extended and just the theatrical version :(…

    However, it’s one of the best Action movie ever made!

    Nov 23, 2021 17:05
  • Review by Pete, 8 out of 10
    Great Movie. One Small Problem

    This was one of my most favorite movies growing up. Even when they announce the special edition years ago back on DVD. And when I saw that they were releasing it for 4K I immediately jumped on the pre-order. So today I started watching it and found out that 4K disk is just the theatrical edition and not the special edition. To compare the difference between the regular and special edition is that the special edition has additional scenes in the movie.

    Note: The Blu-ray has 3 different versions of the movie, Theatrical Version, Special Edition Version, Extended Special Edition Version. The time difference between each version is TV - 2h 17m, SEV - 2h 33m, ESEV - 2h 35m.

    Dec 30, 2017 18:27
  • Review by Jeffers, 10 out of 10
    Excellent 4K and SteelBook

    Obviously a classic, and a must own. I think this looks outstanding in 4K. This is my first time owning this movie and I’m glad I waited because now have it in this awesome SteelBook!

    Nov 23, 2021 23:51
  • Review by Wishkid, 10 out of 10
    One of the Gretest Films now in 4k

    I never cancelled my order and waited over a year to finally get this special ediion T2. One of the gretest Film now released in 4K, the image look so good they look fake LOL. This remake is a must have specially this Endo Arm edition only 6k where made. They are signed by James Cameron and also numbered. The Endo Arm is not small at all and it looks good, it is very light as it was made out of plastic, I wish it was in polish metal. The film comes in a UltraHD case with 2 disc, one 4k and the other BD. It really sucks they didn't released the same as the internatioal version wich came with all the versions of T2 in 4 Disc including the 3D version, and it was released on time. As a movie collector this definetly fits well, I also have the 3D version which obtained from Uk and it looks fantastic. If you can get your hand in one of this do it, it may worth something in the near future plus that Endo Arm gets people attention.

    Sep 15, 2018 11:12
  • Review by Sergeant, 10 out of 10
    A Definite Must for Steelbook Collectors!

    The price for the T-2 Steelbook has been so low that I had to add it to my "Terminator Collection." The Steelbook design was as awesome as the metal cover limited edition T-2 "Extreme DVD" that they sold two decades ago (lower right corner in the photo), before Steelbooks ever existed. And don't let anybody fool you; I bought the "Terminator Genisys" Steelbook (upper left corner of pic) for the same price as the plastic blu-ray, and in addition to an hour of extras, our ex-Governor definitely hit the gym before filming and was as tough without CGI as he's ever been. And if you watch the extras, you'll hear how nice and down-to-earth he was when his co-stars were nervous to be working with the REAL "Terminator." Throughout the filming, he was as gracious with the new talent as he was with the guys and gals working out at Gold's Venice (Beach) back in the day, even after winning his record breaking bodybuilding championships and becoming a millionaire/movie star. People can criticize his accent and his acting, but BUY T-5 and you'll cheer him on, especially when they create a CGI version of Arnold from T-1 by using a young bodybuilder with the same upper body Arnold had in film #1, and our senior citizen kicks the younger CGI Arnold's butt!!! You gotta love it when they keep these guys out of "The Expendables" and give us more "Rambo," "Rocky/Creed," and HOPEFULLY "Terminator 6"! This "Judgement Day" Steelbook presentation was explosive with 1080P high Def picture and a 6.1 DTS-HD audio.

    Jan 05, 2016 20:35
  • Review by RHODA, 10 out of 10
    TERMINATOR 2 JUDGEMENT DAY 4K

    Great purchased . Only hoped I could of purchased the complete set . Didn’t know they had until after I bought this . LOVE ALL THE TERMINATORS

    Dec 29, 2020 20:16
  • Review by TheMovieLover24Seven, 8 out of 10
    Epic enhancement for an Epic Film!

    Terminator 2: Judgement Day is my favorite film of all time. I don't have anything against the film whatsoever. First, we were brought the Ultimate Edition which added a few parts to the film and extended the story. Those scenes should've been left in the movie because every deleted scene makes sense! Then the Extreme DVD was brought in, giving us the Ultimate Edition in a better audio and visual quality. Then came in this Blu-Ray edition steelbook that catched my eye. This is by far my second favorite edition the first being the Extreme DVD. I absolutely adore the quality of this Blu-Ray edition. The only complaint is the sound. Some of the sounds don't bump my subwoofers as hard like the Ultimate or Extreme editions. When a T-800 smashes a skull, it doesn't bump hard. But other than that you will be able to see and hear everything clearly with this edition. This is a perfect item for collector's. I have 14 copies of this film and I will be buying another copy soon.

    Jul 18, 2016 17:25
  • Review by CoBrain, 10 out of 10
    LOVE IT!

    Enjoyed the movie! Can't wait to collect the rest of the movies.

    Dec 25, 2020 20:03
  • 9.4score
    19
    Terminator 2: Judgment Day [Blu-ray] [1991]
    Description

    In this sequel to the sci-fi action thriller that made him and star Arnold Schwarzenegger A-list Hollywood names, co-writer/director James Cameron upped the ante by employing a more sweeping story line and cutting-edge special effects. Linda Hamilton returns as Sarah Connor, now a single mother to rebellious teen John Connor (Edward Furlong). Having been informed by a time-traveling soldier in the first film that John will one day grow up to become humanity's savior from a computer-controlled Armageddon, Sarah has responded by becoming a muscle-bound she-warrior bent on educating him in survival tactics and battle strategies. Unfortunately, her ranting about humankind's future has landed her in an insane asylum and John in foster care. When a new and improved Terminator android called the T-1000 (Robert Patrick) arrives in 1995 to eliminate John, an older model T-800 (Schwarzenegger) is also sent from the future to protect the boy. The T-1000, however, has the ability to morph itself into any shape it desires, allowing it chameleon-like powers and near indestructibility. The T-800, John, and Sarah must learn to trust each other in order to stay one step ahead of the T-1000, and their mission to save humanity eventually leads them to Miles Dyson (Joe Morton), the scientist whose research will help bring about Skynet and the Terminators. Terminator 2: Judgment Day (1991), which won four Oscars in technical categories for its groundbreaking effects, was followed by a short sequel filmed exclusively as an attraction for theme parks, Terminator 2: 3-D Battle Across Time (1996).~Karl Williams

    8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by Major, 10 out of 10
    Skynet is back…

    Very cool artwork. The picture is way better than my Blu Ray Steelbook. It even has the German audio in 7.1. Arnies English voice is a Desaster..haha..anyhow, one negative part is, that the version does not contain the extended and just the theatrical version :(…

    However, it’s one of the best Action movie ever made!

    Nov 23, 2021 17:05
  • Review by Pete, 8 out of 10
    Great Movie. One Small Problem

    This was one of my most favorite movies growing up. Even when they announce the special edition years ago back on DVD. And when I saw that they were releasing it for 4K I immediately jumped on the pre-order. So today I started watching it and found out that 4K disk is just the theatrical edition and not the special edition. To compare the difference between the regular and special edition is that the special edition has additional scenes in the movie.

    Note: The Blu-ray has 3 different versions of the movie, Theatrical Version, Special Edition Version, Extended Special Edition Version. The time difference between each version is TV - 2h 17m, SEV - 2h 33m, ESEV - 2h 35m.

    Dec 30, 2017 18:27
  • Review by Jeffers, 10 out of 10
    Excellent 4K and SteelBook

    Obviously a classic, and a must own. I think this looks outstanding in 4K. This is my first time owning this movie and I’m glad I waited because now have it in this awesome SteelBook!

    Nov 23, 2021 23:51
  • Review by Wishkid, 10 out of 10
    One of the Gretest Films now in 4k

    I never cancelled my order and waited over a year to finally get this special ediion T2. One of the gretest Film now released in 4K, the image look so good they look fake LOL. This remake is a must have specially this Endo Arm edition only 6k where made. They are signed by James Cameron and also numbered. The Endo Arm is not small at all and it looks good, it is very light as it was made out of plastic, I wish it was in polish metal. The film comes in a UltraHD case with 2 disc, one 4k and the other BD. It really sucks they didn't released the same as the internatioal version wich came with all the versions of T2 in 4 Disc including the 3D version, and it was released on time. As a movie collector this definetly fits well, I also have the 3D version which obtained from Uk and it looks fantastic. If you can get your hand in one of this do it, it may worth something in the near future plus that Endo Arm gets people attention.

    Sep 15, 2018 11:12
  • Review by Sergeant, 10 out of 10
    A Definite Must for Steelbook Collectors!

    The price for the T-2 Steelbook has been so low that I had to add it to my "Terminator Collection." The Steelbook design was as awesome as the metal cover limited edition T-2 "Extreme DVD" that they sold two decades ago (lower right corner in the photo), before Steelbooks ever existed. And don't let anybody fool you; I bought the "Terminator Genisys" Steelbook (upper left corner of pic) for the same price as the plastic blu-ray, and in addition to an hour of extras, our ex-Governor definitely hit the gym before filming and was as tough without CGI as he's ever been. And if you watch the extras, you'll hear how nice and down-to-earth he was when his co-stars were nervous to be working with the REAL "Terminator." Throughout the filming, he was as gracious with the new talent as he was with the guys and gals working out at Gold's Venice (Beach) back in the day, even after winning his record breaking bodybuilding championships and becoming a millionaire/movie star. People can criticize his accent and his acting, but BUY T-5 and you'll cheer him on, especially when they create a CGI version of Arnold from T-1 by using a young bodybuilder with the same upper body Arnold had in film #1, and our senior citizen kicks the younger CGI Arnold's butt!!! You gotta love it when they keep these guys out of "The Expendables" and give us more "Rambo," "Rocky/Creed," and HOPEFULLY "Terminator 6"! This "Judgement Day" Steelbook presentation was explosive with 1080P high Def picture and a 6.1 DTS-HD audio.

    Jan 05, 2016 20:35
  • Review by RHODA, 10 out of 10
    TERMINATOR 2 JUDGEMENT DAY 4K

    Great purchased . Only hoped I could of purchased the complete set . Didn’t know they had until after I bought this . LOVE ALL THE TERMINATORS

    Dec 29, 2020 20:16
  • Review by TheMovieLover24Seven, 8 out of 10
    Epic enhancement for an Epic Film!

    Terminator 2: Judgement Day is my favorite film of all time. I don't have anything against the film whatsoever. First, we were brought the Ultimate Edition which added a few parts to the film and extended the story. Those scenes should've been left in the movie because every deleted scene makes sense! Then the Extreme DVD was brought in, giving us the Ultimate Edition in a better audio and visual quality. Then came in this Blu-Ray edition steelbook that catched my eye. This is by far my second favorite edition the first being the Extreme DVD. I absolutely adore the quality of this Blu-Ray edition. The only complaint is the sound. Some of the sounds don't bump my subwoofers as hard like the Ultimate or Extreme editions. When a T-800 smashes a skull, it doesn't bump hard. But other than that you will be able to see and hear everything clearly with this edition. This is a perfect item for collector's. I have 14 copies of this film and I will be buying another copy soon.

    Jul 18, 2016 17:25
  • Review by CoBrain, 10 out of 10
    LOVE IT!

    Enjoyed the movie! Can't wait to collect the rest of the movies.

    Dec 25, 2020 20:03
  • 9.4score
    20
    Terminator 2: Judgment Day [4K Ultra HD Blu-ray/Blu-ray] [2 Discs] [1991]
    Description

    In this sequel to the sci-fi action thriller that made him and star Arnold Schwarzenegger A-list Hollywood names, co-writer/director James Cameron upped the ante by employing a more sweeping story line and cutting-edge special effects. Linda Hamilton returns as Sarah Connor, now a single mother to rebellious teen John Connor (Edward Furlong). Having been informed by a time-traveling soldier in the first film that John will one day grow up to become humanity's savior from a computer-controlled Armageddon, Sarah has responded by becoming a muscle-bound she-warrior bent on educating him in survival tactics and battle strategies. Unfortunately, her ranting about humankind's future has landed her in an insane asylum and John in foster care. When a new and improved Terminator android called the T-1000 (Robert Patrick) arrives in 1995 to eliminate John, an older model T-800 (Schwarzenegger) is also sent from the future to protect the boy. The T-1000, however, has the ability to morph itself into any shape it desires, allowing it chameleon-like powers and near indestructibility. The T-800, John, and Sarah must learn to trust each other in order to stay one step ahead of the T-1000, and their mission to save humanity eventually leads them to Miles Dyson (Joe Morton), the scientist whose research will help bring about Skynet and the Terminators. Terminator 2: Judgment Day (1991), which won four Oscars in technical categories for its groundbreaking effects, was followed by a short sequel filmed exclusively as an attraction for theme parks, Terminator 2: 3-D Battle Across Time (1996).~Karl Williams

    8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by Major, 10 out of 10
    Skynet is back…

    Very cool artwork. The picture is way better than my Blu Ray Steelbook. It even has the German audio in 7.1. Arnies English voice is a Desaster..haha..anyhow, one negative part is, that the version does not contain the extended and just the theatrical version :(…

    However, it’s one of the best Action movie ever made!

    Nov 23, 2021 17:05
  • Review by Pete, 8 out of 10
    Great Movie. One Small Problem

    This was one of my most favorite movies growing up. Even when they announce the special edition years ago back on DVD. And when I saw that they were releasing it for 4K I immediately jumped on the pre-order. So today I started watching it and found out that 4K disk is just the theatrical edition and not the special edition. To compare the difference between the regular and special edition is that the special edition has additional scenes in the movie.

    Note: The Blu-ray has 3 different versions of the movie, Theatrical Version, Special Edition Version, Extended Special Edition Version. The time difference between each version is TV - 2h 17m, SEV - 2h 33m, ESEV - 2h 35m.

    Dec 30, 2017 18:27
  • Review by Jeffers, 10 out of 10
    Excellent 4K and SteelBook

    Obviously a classic, and a must own. I think this looks outstanding in 4K. This is my first time owning this movie and I’m glad I waited because now have it in this awesome SteelBook!

    Nov 23, 2021 23:51
  • Review by Wishkid, 10 out of 10
    One of the Gretest Films now in 4k

    I never cancelled my order and waited over a year to finally get this special ediion T2. One of the gretest Film now released in 4K, the image look so good they look fake LOL. This remake is a must have specially this Endo Arm edition only 6k where made. They are signed by James Cameron and also numbered. The Endo Arm is not small at all and it looks good, it is very light as it was made out of plastic, I wish it was in polish metal. The film comes in a UltraHD case with 2 disc, one 4k and the other BD. It really sucks they didn't released the same as the internatioal version wich came with all the versions of T2 in 4 Disc including the 3D version, and it was released on time. As a movie collector this definetly fits well, I also have the 3D version which obtained from Uk and it looks fantastic. If you can get your hand in one of this do it, it may worth something in the near future plus that Endo Arm gets people attention.

    Sep 15, 2018 11:12
  • Review by Sergeant, 10 out of 10
    A Definite Must for Steelbook Collectors!

    The price for the T-2 Steelbook has been so low that I had to add it to my "Terminator Collection." The Steelbook design was as awesome as the metal cover limited edition T-2 "Extreme DVD" that they sold two decades ago (lower right corner in the photo), before Steelbooks ever existed. And don't let anybody fool you; I bought the "Terminator Genisys" Steelbook (upper left corner of pic) for the same price as the plastic blu-ray, and in addition to an hour of extras, our ex-Governor definitely hit the gym before filming and was as tough without CGI as he's ever been. And if you watch the extras, you'll hear how nice and down-to-earth he was when his co-stars were nervous to be working with the REAL "Terminator." Throughout the filming, he was as gracious with the new talent as he was with the guys and gals working out at Gold's Venice (Beach) back in the day, even after winning his record breaking bodybuilding championships and becoming a millionaire/movie star. People can criticize his accent and his acting, but BUY T-5 and you'll cheer him on, especially when they create a CGI version of Arnold from T-1 by using a young bodybuilder with the same upper body Arnold had in film #1, and our senior citizen kicks the younger CGI Arnold's butt!!! You gotta love it when they keep these guys out of "The Expendables" and give us more "Rambo," "Rocky/Creed," and HOPEFULLY "Terminator 6"! This "Judgement Day" Steelbook presentation was explosive with 1080P high Def picture and a 6.1 DTS-HD audio.

    Jan 05, 2016 20:35
  • Review by RHODA, 10 out of 10
    TERMINATOR 2 JUDGEMENT DAY 4K

    Great purchased . Only hoped I could of purchased the complete set . Didn’t know they had until after I bought this . LOVE ALL THE TERMINATORS

    Dec 29, 2020 20:16
  • Review by TheMovieLover24Seven, 8 out of 10
    Epic enhancement for an Epic Film!

    Terminator 2: Judgement Day is my favorite film of all time. I don't have anything against the film whatsoever. First, we were brought the Ultimate Edition which added a few parts to the film and extended the story. Those scenes should've been left in the movie because every deleted scene makes sense! Then the Extreme DVD was brought in, giving us the Ultimate Edition in a better audio and visual quality. Then came in this Blu-Ray edition steelbook that catched my eye. This is by far my second favorite edition the first being the Extreme DVD. I absolutely adore the quality of this Blu-Ray edition. The only complaint is the sound. Some of the sounds don't bump my subwoofers as hard like the Ultimate or Extreme editions. When a T-800 smashes a skull, it doesn't bump hard. But other than that you will be able to see and hear everything clearly with this edition. This is a perfect item for collector's. I have 14 copies of this film and I will be buying another copy soon.

    Jul 18, 2016 17:25
  • Review by CoBrain, 10 out of 10
    LOVE IT!

    Enjoyed the movie! Can't wait to collect the rest of the movies.

    Dec 25, 2020 20:03
  • 9.4score
    Spyro Reignited Trilogy - Nintendo Switch
    Description

    Spyro's back and he's all scaled up.The original roast master is back. Same sick burns, same smoldering attitude, now all scaled up in stunning HD. Spyro is bringing the heat like never before in the Spyro™ Reignited Trilogy game collection. Rekindle the fire with remastered versions of the original three games, Spyro the Dragon™, Spyro™ 2: Ripto's Rage!, and Spyro™: Year of the Dragon. Explore the expansive realms, re-encounter the fiery personalities, and relive the adventure in fully remastered glory. Because when there's a realm that needs saving, there's only one dragon to call.

    3 Features
  • Spyro the Dragon: Gnasty Gnorc has returned from exile and has unleashed evil magic on the Dragon Realms, trapping the Dragons in crystal and raising an army of Gnorcs.
  • Spyro 2: Ripto's Rage!: Spyro has been brought to the land of Avalar to defeat the evil sorcerer Ripto who has caused war in Avalar's Homeworlds.
  • Spyro: Year of the Dragon: The Dragon Realms are celebrating the Year of the Dragon when a mysterious cloaked figure emerges to steal all the Dragon Eggs.
  • 8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by DeetheDiva, 10 out of 10
    SPYRO AND MARIO AND LUIGI ARE MY SONS FAVORITE

    MY SON HAS AUTISM AND HE LOVES SPYRO .. WHEN HE WAS YOUNGER HE HAD THE GAME CUBE (NINTENDO) HOWEVER THEY STOPPED MAKING THAT CONCOLE HIS GAME HAD GOTTEN DAMAGED SO HE HAD NO MORE SPYRO. AFTER A COUPLE OF YEARS A YOUNG MAN HAD A GAME MAGAZINE AN I HAPPENED TO LOOK OVER ( BEING NOSEY) AND I SAID IS THAT SYRO HE SAID YES I SAID I THOUGHT THEY DIDNT MAKE SPYRO GAMES ANYMORE .. THE YOUNG MAN SAID YES FOR THE SWITCH ( NINTENDO) AND THE PLAYSTATION .. WELL I HAVE BOTH CONSOLES IN MY HOME AND MY SON OWNS THE SWITCH SO THE YOUNG MAN ASKED WHERE DO YOU LIVE AND I TOLD HIM HE ASKED WHERE TO I BUY MY PRODUCTS I SAID BEST BUY HE SAID IF YOU GO TO BEST BUY ON CENTRAL AVENUE THEY HAVE 2 LEFT.. WELL I WENT HOME GOT ONLINE ORDERED IT AND THEY SHIPPED IT THE NEXT DAY .. MY SON WAS ESTATIC FOR DAYS

    Mar 28, 2020 07:50
  • Review by Smaug, 10 out of 10
    Nostalgia at the palm of your hands!

    One of my favorite games comes to the Nintendo Switch in the form of the Spyro Trilogy. Growing up Spyro was one of my favorite games to play on the PlayStation. Spyro The Dragon is the only one I played, so I was excited when I heard they were releasing a remake of the first 3 games. Ready to dive into the world of Spyro once more. No Regrets on this purchase.

    Oct 09, 2020 16:43
  • Review by Smash, 10 out of 10
    Great game

    Great game fun to play plus it's a trilogy so all three games are on this one card don't be afraid to pick this up

    Oct 18, 2019 15:24
  • Review by SuperDrummerGirl, 10 out of 10
    An Amazing Spyro Trilogy!

    As a kid, I never really owned a Playstation, but I did play the demo of the first game and loved it and wanted to play more of it. I finally get to experience the trilogy for the first time in years!

    A lot of love and effort went into this remaking this trilogy. They even got voice actor Tom Kenny, (voice of SpongeBob), to reprise his role as Spyro since he voiced him in Spyro 2 & 3.

    The art style is beautifully recreated and very eye-catching. The music is a joy to listen to as well. Another cool feature that they added was that you can switch the music to the original soundtrack from the PS1 trilogy! That's very cool!

    During all 3 games, there are missions that you can complete. They are optional. When you've completed these missions, you unlock an art gallery from all 3 games. For me, I think it's cool to see some concept artwork for each game. I always enjoy seeing behind-the-scenes stuff from video games. :-)

    They have also added the cheat codes from the original games as well. There is one new cheat code that is only exclusive to the Nintendo Switch. It's the Rainbow Sunglasses. I don't know if the Rainbow Sunglasses will be added to the PS4 and Xbox One versions of the game or not. For now, it's only exclusive to Nintendo Switch.

    There were some slight speed frame issues when loading up a new area, but when you enter a level everything seems to appear to running smoothly.

    My only gripe is that not all 3 games are on the cartridge. Only the first game is on the cartridge and you have to download Spyro 2 & 3. The PS4 and Xbox One versions also had the same issues as well.

    There were some levels that were challenging to complete. Specifically the levels where you are on a time limit and you have to collect items or destroy enemies to earn extra time points to the clock. You have to do this all in one go and try not to bump into anything. Or don't lose too much time. Otherwise, you'll have to do it all over again.

    Overall, this trilogy was a blast to play through and it's great for anyone to play!!

    Nov 25, 2019 13:36
  • Review by Trevorman5, 8 out of 10
    A great remastered trilogy with some problems

    Let's start off with the positives: All three games look great, play great, and sound amazing, as I would hope so since they’re from-the-ground-up remasters. This is definitely the Spyro you know and love if you grew up with the original trilogy on the PS1. With a few changes to the game (i.e Gnorcs in Twilight Harbor not using real firearms anymore, Bombo being renamed to Bob, and Spyro 1 now having skill points like in 2 and 3) the games are otherwise unchanged. The muscle memory you acquired playing the original PS1 titles can essentially be re-applied to these games with a little adjustment since you’re going from 5th Gen game mechanics to 8th Gen game mechanics. All the secrets (not exploits though) are still here too. The team at Toys For Bob went above and beyond to put EVERYTHING that was in the original games into these games and even asked fans on Reddit for things they may have missed; that’s what I call dedication. They even made a program called Spyro-Scope to get precise and exact numbers for things like how high Spyro jumps, how far he glades, and the range of his fire breath. Again, dedication. The games are essentially made by fans for fans. They even have some old cheat codes (i.e Squid Skateboard cheat code) in this game for some fun so I recommend looking them up. Not to mention that some of the old cast (Tom Kenny as Spyro from 2 and 3) reprise their roles in this remastered trilogy making it even more nostalgic then before. The music is also pretty well-done. While it’s not entirely a note-for-note remake of Stewart Copeland’s masterpieces for the first 3 games, it gets the job done surprisingly well and does add some things; a pitter patter sound for when you charge and a distortion effect when you’re idle making the music very nice. And the fact that they give you the option to switch from the Reignited soundtrack to the original PS1 soundtrack is such an appreciated feature I’m glad they added. The animations are also amazing, almost Pixar quality. The fluidity, flexibility, and speed of the animations makes you feel like you’re watching an interactive movie when they come on. Even though some of the movies are pre-rendered at 30fps, they still look amazing and incredible. The production values for these remasters are so much better than Insomniac’s original trilogy (as I hope it would be).

    Sadly it’s not all sunshine and rainbows. The physical copy for Nintendo Switch only comes with the first Spyro game on the cartridge, you have to download the other two games onto your system memory or SD Card. Which is funny since the game is 15GB and Activision can definitely afford 16GB cartridges. That’s what I call being unnecessarily cheap, Activision. It sucks even more since the Xbox and PS4 versions DID have this problem, but have been reprinted to have all three games and the update patches on the Blu-Ray discs, meaning no more downloading the last two games. And while all three games have some bugs and glitches, what game doesn’t though, Spyro 3 is sadly the worst offender. With 3 being my favorite out of the trilogy, it was sad to see that Sanzaru Games, the company hired to work on Spyro 3 since Toys For Bob didn’t have time to work on it themselves, didn’t optimize it well enough to make its quality on par with Spyro 1 and 2. In Lost Fleet I was able to trick the game into letting me skate on the acid when I should’ve died on it. I’ve hit multiple invisible objects during the multiple skating mini-games (Lost Fleet and the Snowboarding bonus game being the biggest two), my first battle with the Sorceress ended with me seeing double her in her in-game rendered death scene, multiple enemies getting stuck on walls, the dog in Lost Tombs not instantly disappearing when he goes through the exit portal at the end of the level, and Sparx not picking up green gems. Spyro 3, again, is the least polished game out of this trilogy and that upsets me cause, again, it’s my favorite. While I always have the original PS1 title to go back to, it’s sad that this happened in the first place. And it sucks that the Nintendo Switch version is the only version not to receive a reprint containing all three games and the patches on the cartridge.

    Overall, despite the flaws I listed, I would still recommend this game to Spyro fans new and old. The pros definitely outweigh the cons and these are definitely the definitive ways to experience the games if you can look past all the negatives they have. You’re getting three amazing collectathon games for $40, and sometimes for $20 when it’s on sale, and that’s a price worth paying for them. These three games are prime examples of why the collectathon genre was as popular as it was in the 90s and why it’s making a small comeback as of lately. Spyro: Reignited Trilogy is a must-have for Spyro fans <3

    Aug 22, 2020 17:43
  • Review by jackie, 10 out of 10
    Great for any gamer

    this trilogy was a perfect way for me to finally get into this series!! and i'm loving it, its way less stressful than crash was xD as someone who hasn't played any spyro and grew up with crash i never took a notice to this purple dragon til way later in life and i kinda regret not playing it alongside crash. BUT

    i recommend this to anyone either casual or hardcore, who wants another great classic on the go or just to add to your collection you will not be disappointed! controls are easy enough to remember and is very colorful, a good story and a great purple dragon with sparks

    Sep 05, 2019 10:22
  • Review by Dsewritr9, 10 out of 10
    Nostalgia Done Correctly

    I waited to purchase this on the Nintendo Switch, and I'm glad I did! The Switch port is a must-buy. These games are a blast from the past, and having a portable option is a must for this type of collection. You won't want to put it down. The reignited trilogy comes with all 3 remastered games that were originally released on the Sony Playstation: Spyro the Dragon, Spyro 2: Ripto's Rage, and Spyro: Year of the Dragon. Note that you will have to download a large file on your Switch, so be sure to have a Micro SD card before you buy. The graphics are beautiful, the flying levels are still irritating as crap, and the games have the same sense of creativity and wonder as they did upon initial release many years ago. The team behind this trilogy did a marvelous job. This has my highest recommendation.

    Dec 02, 2019 17:06
  • Review by Andrew, 10 out of 10
    fun for the family

    very fun game , I'm glad I bought it -great price. best buy comes thru again

    Nov 20, 2021 02:25
  • 9.4score
    Samsung - 55" Class 7 Series LED 4K UHD Smart Tizen TV
    Description

    Improve your viewing experience with this 55-inch Samsung smart TV. The variety of applications offer easy access to content on popular streaming services, and the intuitive interface makes finding your favorite shows simple. Boasting native 4K resolution and advanced HDR technology, this Samsung smart TV enriches your movie nights with stunningly detailed visuals and lifelike colors.Welcome to the Samsung Virtual Showroom.Discover the future of TV with Samsung

    11 Features
  • Crystal Processor 4K: The ultrafast processor transforms everything you watch into stunning 4K.
  • Crystal display: Experience crystal-clear colors that are fine-tuned to deliver a naturally crisp and vivid picture.
  • Universal guide: Powerful AI technology recommends streaming and live TV content all in one simple onscreen guide.
  • Boundless design: An ultra-thin bezel on all sides for a stunningly clean look.
  • Clean Cable Solution®: Hides unsightly power cords and cables.
  • OneRemote function: Automatically detects and controls all compatible connected devices and content.
  • Game enhancer: The TV automatically adjusts settings to help games run smoothly.
  • 4K Ultra HD (2160p resolution): Enjoy breathtaking 4K movies and TV shows at 4x the resolution of Full HD, and upscale your current content to Ultra HD-level picture quality.
  • HDR: Unveils shades of color you can't find on HDTV.
  • Smart TV powered by Tizen: Go beyond Smart TV with next-generation apps, super easy control, and a host of enhancements that elevate your TV-watching experience.
  • Motion Rate 120: Enjoy smooth, crisp action even in the fastest scenes.
  • 8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by Ferfer337, 10 out of 10
    Great tv at a great price

    Excellent tv, excellwnt picture, easy set up. My father-in-law watches westerns all day and night. He is hard of hearing and the picture and volume on this tv is absolutely amazing! The crisp clear bright picture is just what he wanted. His previous tv volume was maxed and this tv only has to be about 2/3 of max for him to hear it very well!!!

    Oct 05, 2021 09:32
  • Review by Texaswildflower, 10 out of 10
    Very pleased

    I am very pleased with how fast the TV is. The size is perfect, not too large and not too small. The color schematics are fantastic. It has the ability to record programs and can be used with our smart devices. The legs that it comes with are very stable and in the shape of a wishbone. I do feel like the volume could be better. The volume level only goes up to 100 and I feel like it could be amplified a lot more, so you probably need a sound bar if you are really into bass, playing games or things of that nature. I don’t need a television and people can hear three doors down, but some people might like that type of stereo sound.

    Dec 27, 2020 01:10
  • Review by Seanto, 10 out of 10
    Multifunctional

    This tv is great, I bought it for my office/game room. The tv already has so many apps on it that you won’t really need a fire stick. I have apple products and this tv has airplay on it, so if I ever need a 3rd screen for work I’m good! This also has a Game Mode for when you are playing video games. If you don’t have cable I highly suggest this tv for you! The sound quality isn’t great but it’s still fine.

    Aug 29, 2021 21:10
  • Review by Subi, 6 out of 10
    HDR content and motion handling are disappointing

    Purchased this TV yesterday and tested it on 4K/HDR streaming content on the Apple TV app. While the contrast and black level performance are more than pleasing, I am very disappointed with the HDR content and motion handling. It's not a streaming issue as my other TV set is working fine with the same connection. And I am not even talking about gaming or action movies; I am referring to kids' animated movies and soap operas on Netflix. A character simply shaking their head or moving their hand leaves a noticeable motion trail!

    I replaced this TV with a 2015 Vizio 1080p Smart LED TV. While I love the upgraded features and smart functionality on the Samsung TU7000 (and the obvious improvement in picture quality when observing stationary images), I have to admit that there were no motion trails in my older set. Will upgrading to a Q60T resolve this issue? I also understand that Samsung has stripped the Q60T of many features that only become available from the Q70T onward and so I fear whether upgrading to Q60T will really make a difference or not.

    Nov 25, 2020 12:02
  • Review by USCarlos, 8 out of 10
    Nice addition to the backyard

    I am very happy with this television set. We use it in the patio on a moving cart. Now we can watch sports and movies in the backyard on warm nights. This is one of the few brands that has the Spectrum app as a native option, so that saved me from having to purchase a Roku to watch Dodger baseball. There is a delay using the app, but I don't mind that too much.

    The packaging on this item is rather minimal so carefully inspect your box before accepting. My first TV had some clear markings of distress, upon opening the screen was shattered and unusable.

    Thankfully Best Buy was excellent about processing a return and reorder.

    The controller is rather crowded too, so becareful when selecting options. I got frustrated with it the first few uses.

    Aug 21, 2020 16:54
  • Review by LetsGoBrandon, 6 out of 10
    Cluttered, cheap garbage remote with this TV......

    A really good TV. Right out of the box it is crystal clear and sharp without having to adjust the image. The feet/stands are easy to install on the TV, as they just pop in there, no screws needed and they are very stable.. The smart functionality is really good, just as I've come to expect from Samsung smart TVs (I have another one that I bought years ago)... I had to knock off a star though for a couple reasons, first and biggest reason being the remote. Having another Samsung smart TV (lower ranking model in fact), I expected the TV to come with the usual Samsung Smart Remote, which is a very nice, simple and functional remote which also connects to the TV via bluetooth rather than relying on you to aim the remote at the TV and only having an IR sensor... This TV did not come with a Samsung Smart Remote, which is weird, because my other TV that did, is of a lower class model (being a 5000 or 6000 series, while this TV is a 7000 series)... The remote that comes with this TV is absolute garbage... So many buttons cluttering up the remote and relegating the most commonly used buttons to tiny little areas of the remote tossed into the mix of other unnecessary business on there... Not only that, the buttons are ridiculously hard to press, you have to press the buttons with quite a lot of force, deep into the remote, you can't just press them as you would any other remote, it takes deliberate force to do so, and this is a big disappointment for my uncle, who mainly uses the TV because he suffers from loss of feeling in his hands and fingers from a fishing injury years ago.. Now that I recollect the experience of setting the TV and using the remote, I really want to knock it down to 3 stars rather than 4... You know what, I am... It's 3 stars now.... And the final reason for the lower rating is that the TV didn't come with the four screws needing to either wall mount it or attach it to a TV stand that hangs it like it would be if it were mounted on the wall.. The only screws that I had available were the ones that our previous LG tv used, and they were too small. I don't even think that the TV manual tells you what the proper screw size is so that you can purchase them on your own.. Anyways, I'll have to look see if the Samsung Smart Remote is compatible with this TV, and purchase one later out of pocket, even though it should have come with one in my option.. I wish I knew that this more expensive, higher model class TV came with an inferior remote, as if I had known that, I would have gladly purchased an 8000 series or whatever model TV that was $100 or even $200 more, just to have the simplicity and perfection that is the Samsung Smart Remote...

    Oct 23, 2021 10:04
  • Review by Poncho, 10 out of 10
    This is a great TV.

    I am very happy, with the purchase. I could not believe how clear the tv was. Everything is as your finger tips with the remote. The Samsung - 55" 7 Series - 4K UHD TV - Smart - LED - with HDR is a Best Buy for me. Very happy!

    Jun 17, 2020 12:00
  • Review by Lefty, 8 out of 10
    No input for audio headphones

    Bought this Samsung 55" TV to replace a previous Samsung 55" TV..After hooking it up and trying to connect the devices I had booked up on previous TV, this new Samsung doesn't have an input for my JVC headphones that I need to use as I did on previous Samsung. Very disappointing.

    Feb 27, 2021 12:38
  • 9.2score
    eufy - eufyCam 2 Pro 2K Indoor/Outdoor Add-on Security Camera - White
    Description

    Enhance safety in your home with this eufy eufyCam 2 security camera. The night vision capability lets you see clearly in dark conditions, while the Full HD resolution captures detailed videos. This white eufy eufyCam 2 security camera comes with mounting hardware for hassle-free installation, and the IP67-rated construction allows for safe outdoor use.

    11 Features
  • Connects to your Wi-Fi network: Offers convenient and simple setup.
  • Works with Apple HomeKit, Google Assistant, or Amazon Alexa: You can activate or dim the floodlights via the voice command and check in anytime on what's happening outside your home.
  • Motion detection: Set a trigger that starts recording automatically after motion is detected.
  • Powerful night vision up to 25': Allows you to monitor your home or business, even in dim lighting, automatically switching the picture to black-and-white in low-light conditions.
  • 365-day battery life: Its IP67 rated weatherproof camera operates for up to 365 days per charge (or up to three years in the Standby mode), indoors and out.
  • Two-way communication: The built-in microphone and speaker let you hear what happens around the camera and talk back through your phone.
  • Mountable design: Allows for optimal placement on a wall or eave.
  • Record everything in HD: Its vivid 2K resolution enables you to see small details on your screen.
  • 140° field of view: Captures a wide area of your property for high-level security all the time.
  • Notifications keep you informed: Receive motion detection notifications for peace of mind while you're away.
  • Weather-resistant design: eufy's IP67 rating protects against wind and rain for versatile indoor/outdoor monitoring.
  • 8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by RobertBB, 8 out of 10
    Pleased but not a perfect camera.

    Really good but...

    Would buy again but you should know...

    It is not 24/7 recording. (just event recording, sometimes beginning of the event is missed, like if delivery guy comes running, sometimes doesn't detect at all)

    Also if you move slow towards the camera... It won't detect you until like 10ft away.

    I have charged it once since black Friday (almost 2 months ago, no 365 battery life for me) i don't live in a busy street and there are about 10-15 events per day.

    It is more like a crime deterrent for me. Still would buy it instead of a wired system. Just know that battery powered have obvious limitations.

    No firmware updates so far.

    Takes half day to charge

    Jan 18, 2021 12:25
  • Review by BenRN, 10 out of 10
    Fantastic wireless camera

    I really like this camera, will be buying a couple more.

    Long battery life, absurdly good image quality, wireless. I’m at 87% 27 days since install. Motion detection is as good as can be expected. 10-20ft is a reasonable expectation.

    The mounts are almost totally idiot proof (nothing is completely idiot proof).

    I live on a body of hypersaline water. So far so good. First shot shows camera with sunlight directly glaring in the lens. Second is slightly later.

    Third is dark out with pool lights on. (Yes I know the pool was dirty.)

    The app is great. I have not linked it to HomeKit as you get a lower Res image. (

    Mar 19, 2021 17:50
  • Review by Popeye, 10 out of 10
    Great Camera

    This is a great camera. Very sharp and good in low light. Only gripe I'd point out is when it rains it can get tough, if not impossible, to view. I'm thinking of putting some rain-x on the glass, but can't say yet whether that help. However, do understand I have mine mounted out in the wide open. Rain isn't a problem if you mount under an eve or similar.

    Jan 09, 2021 10:54
  • Review by Susan, 10 out of 10
    Love this camera

    Absolutely Love this camera. I put it in my Barn, so I can watch to see if my sheep need help, with birthing. Need to have a Base for it. I use the Base from the Door bell. My Granddaughter set everything up for me. Night camera is great too.

    Dec 11, 2020 16:41
  • Review by Rocky, 10 out of 10
    Love my cameras

    The video quality is amazingly clear. Also the audio comes in very clear as well. I have a total of 6 eufy cameras and a eufy doorbell. Ring cannot compare to eufy products.

    Sep 03, 2021 15:39
  • Review by Rick, 10 out of 10
    Tested and Kept…

    Love every option, camera picture quality and AI is to the point. Purchased the Eufycam pro 2k.

    Battery stands unless constant viewing will drain much faster. However much better than Ring cameras I’ve purchased in the past.

    May 12, 2021 20:41
  • Review by BMunster, 10 out of 10
    Best 2K wire-free cam on the market!

    Amazing 2K quality footage for $99! Very happy with this entire system. And the battery life is amazing! I'll take two!

    Dec 17, 2020 14:00
  • Review by MrLiDo, 10 out of 10
    The video/audio security system must have

    This is the video/audio security system that meets all my needs.

    Price - An affordable system that can be EASILY expanded if needed.

    Ease of installation - Very easy set-up and mounting procedures, all you have to to do is read the instructions carefully or watch the short available videos. Also, another plus, you can easily move the cameras to a better location if you decide so.

    Privacy - All the recorded information is kept on location, house or business, you can easily access it, share it or delete it.

    Picture and sound quality - Very good. Day or night, the images are crisp and clear, sound matches the images.

    Battery life - Excellent and by adding a solar panel you have one less thing to worry about.

    How would I improve:

    1 - Desktop app that is as comprehensive as the mobile app

    2 - Option on the solar panel to charge 2 cameras at the same time

    3 - Option in the app to rearrange the order of the cameras and have all the cameras displayed in squares, thus have 4 to 8 squares on the phone/monitor display without the need to scroll.

    Apr 23, 2021 22:02
  • 9.2score
    Samsung - 70” Class TU6985 4K Crystal UHD Smart Tizen TV
    Description

    Get enhanced smart capabilities with the TU6985. Crystal Processor 4K automatically upscales your favorite movies, TV shows and sports events to 4K. Smart TV powered by Tizen lets you find content and navigate streaming services easily. PurColor fine tunes colors while HDR steps up to millions of shades of color that go beyond what HDTV can offer.

    6 Features
  • Crystal Processor 4K: Intelligent, ultra-fast optimization of 4K content.
  • HDR: Unveils shades of color that go beyond HDTV.
  • Direct Lit: Rows of LEDs fine tune the contrast between blacks and whites.
  • PurColor: Millions of shades of color reveal a vibrant, lifelike picture that HDTV can’t create.
  • 60Hz: Never miss a beat with low lag rates and minimized blur even in the fastest of scenes making these TV’s perfect for both gaming and cinematic experiences.
  • Smart TV Powered by Tizen: Access your favorite apps and streaming services right from your TV.
  • 8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by LeonC, 10 out of 10
    Worth the money

    Bought this to replace a Hisense that I bought last year. Excellent picture quality, easy setup, and fast OS. If you are able to catch it during the Black Friday Sale, it’s a very good deal.

    Oct 22, 2021 20:36
  • Review by MarioWario21, 8 out of 10
    Huge screen for most bedrooms!

    This is our 3rd Samsung TV and it does not disappoint. Setup was easy, tons of free internet channels plus premium channels installed to access hours of entertainment. Game mode is awesome, its not as bright as other brands but it suits well for movies, gaming and more. Plus the price was unbeatable for a 70 inch Tv

    Oct 21, 2021 10:55
  • Review by Tammy, 10 out of 10
    Great buy

    Love the quality and picture. We bought this at a steal and very happy with our purchase.

    Oct 20, 2021 11:32
  • Review by ARod, 10 out of 10
    GREAT VALUE @ $599

    GREAT VALUE! Great picture quality, returned a Insignia to purchase this one and huge diff in picture quality.

    Oct 22, 2021 07:29
  • Review by Jw2345, 10 out of 10
    BIG screen

    Very nice picture and big enough to fill a small wall.

    Oct 15, 2021 16:37
  • Review by Dusty, 10 out of 10
    Happy Husband

    My husband loves his new TV ---I love watching the Dawgs play football and the Braves play baseball --

    Oct 30, 2021 09:42
  • Review by Njay, 10 out of 10
    Samsung 70 inch

    This TV is awesome. Great size for the price. Very easy to setup and use. Picture is crisp and clear. You will definitely need a sound bar though.

    Oct 29, 2021 15:53
  • Review by Mary, 10 out of 10
    Samsung 70 inch

    Tv is wonderful great size amazing price this was a steal don’t hesitate to buy

    Oct 22, 2021 21:51
  • 9.0score
    Lenovo - Chromebook Duet - 10.1"- Tablet - 128GB - With Keyboard - Ice Blue + Iron Gray
    Description

    Work on pending assignments while on the move with this Lenovo Chromebook Duet. The 10.1-inch touch screen provides an interactive user experience, while the 128GB of internal storage offer ample space for apps and media files. This Lenovo Chromebook Duet features a MediaTek Helio P60T processor and 4GB of RAM for effortless multitasking.

    6 Features
  • Power your day with Google: Work, play, and connect right out of the box with Google+, Search, Gmail, YouTube, and Hangouts. Save files in the cloud with Google Drive, and join gamers around the world with the Play Games app.
  • Google Chrome OS: Chromebook is a device for the way the modern world works, with thousands of apps, built-in virus protection, and cloud backups. It is secure, fast, up-to-date, versatile, and simple.
  • 10.1" screen with 1920 x 1200 resolution: This high-resolution screen is ideal for web browsing, studying, reading, and streaming HD content.
  • 128GB internal storage plus access to cloud: Plenty of onboard storage for photos, videos, documents and more. Plus, 100GB of one-year free trial of Google One to keep your documents, files, and photos free and secured.
  • Octa-core processor: The right combination of fast performance and power efficiency. It allows rapid multitasking, delivers smooth response, and boasts amazing graphics.
  • Dual cameras for photos and face-to-face chat: 2.0MP fixed-focus front-facing camera with LED indicator and 8.0MP autofocus rear-facing camera.
  • 8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by Hong, 10 out of 10
    Tiny, Undisputed Value Champion!

    With so many Chromebooks in this price range feeling overwhelmingly cheap and low quality, not only is the Duet a breath of fresh air but a steal as well. I purchased this little guy as a bit of a 'sidegrade' from my aging Chromebook Plus, and since then I haven't looked back! Even my 2020 iPad Pro is collecting dust!

    So far, performance has been excellent when you keep in mind what this little tablet is. The ARM processor in the Lenovo scores roughly double that of the previously mentioned Chromebook on synthetic benchmarks, and so far I've experienced minimal issues or hiccups (for you phone geeks out there, the processor falls in somewhere in-between the admittedly ancient Snapdragon 810 and 835). It zips through everyday tasks such as word processing and web browsing with ease using 4-5 tabs, though video playback through the browser can make it sweat a little with some minor hitches. If you're looking for something to do heavy lifting or lots of multitasking, I'd look elsewhere.

    Build quality for the price is absolutely nuts as well. The tablet and keyboard sections of the device feel great, and I feel they punch decently above their price class. Especially the tablet, which I find to be very pretty and premium feeling! To note, people with larger hands may find the keyboard a bit uncomfortable and cramped, but those with glove size M and below should be totally fine.

    However, the back kickstand and the plastic trackpad feel a bit on the flimsy side (though I wouldn't exactly use the word cheap). But at the end of the day, what are you really going to complain about? It's less than 300 bucks and didn't "need" to be bundled! I'm just happy the extra accessories were included at this almost suspiciously low price.

    Android apps also work like a dream for the most part. Most basic apps such as Youtube, Gmail, VLC, Minecraft, ect. seem to work just fine without any trouble. But if you really like to tinker, it is very easy to unlock Developer Mode to mess with 3rd party apps such as Youtube Vanced, which work wonderfully. The only issues I encountered were the Netflix and Hulu apps streaming only in standard definition (non-HD) quality, which is super lame but is a Chrome OS issue not specific to this machine. The Disney Plus app works a treat though, and either way non-HD playback issues can be resolved simply by using the internet browser instead of an app.

    Screen and speaker quality are also definitely great for the price. Many people have bashed the speaker quality online, but I actually find them fairly decent with better-than-average mid and high notes. Admittedly, bass and lower frequency reproduction is completely non-existent, but I feel like this could be helped if Google implemented an in-OS volume equalizer. Come on Google!

    The built in screen is a high-resolution, full-HD, IPS panel. Which is again, slightly unexpected at this price point. Viewing angles are excellent, though my model in particular seems to have some very slight color and brightness uniformity issues. This seems to be more of my trained eye than anything else, as no other people have noticed any difference on my unit. Just figured I'd mention for you picky folks out there, but I'm chalking this one up ultimately as a non-issue and more to do with the screen technology itself. Especially since I've seen much more egregious cases of this on $1000+ devices. Also: if you plan on transporting this with the keyboard attached... Be absolutely sure to buy a screen protector, as my tempered glass shield has already accumulated quite a collection of fine scratches after less than a month of use!

    Hey, if you're still here thanks for reading! At the end of the day, I couldn't recommend this tablet/ 2-in-1 enough for anybody looking to spend less than 400 bucks on a Chromebook. It runs cool, silent, and very quick as long as you don't throw too many things at it. I can see myself using this as a workshop companion for years to come... Or at least until Lenovo or another manufacturer makes a worthy successor!

    Mar 29, 2021 14:00
  • Review by BDiddy3370, 10 out of 10
    Phenomenal value

    This is a great little device. Build quality is excellent. Screen is bright and colorful. Performance is snappy on the browser, and even better with Android apps/games (never quite realized how an ARM processor on a Chromebook can make such a difference compared to an Intel in this regard). Google Stadia games run great as well. Keyboard is quite good, despite the cramped punctuation keys on the right side, and the magnetic attachment is very secure. Stereo speakers are a bit tinny but plenty loud.

    Battery life is supposed to be great as well, although I haven't had it long enough to put it through its paces. Lenovo advertises 10 hours on a charge, but many reviewers have been observing 10-12 hours, depending on the activity. The included charger is not a fast charger, but that's ok -- I have plenty of fast chargers lying around at home that are compatible.

    Software support is terrific -- this is one of the first Chromebooks to have a guaranteed 8 years of Chrome OS updates (through June 2028), which is up from 5-6 years for previous Chromebooks.

    I think Lenovo did a a bang-up job with this device -- one almost wonders if it was a mistake (given the astonishingly low price) or if the higher ups in the company just let the Chromebook division do whatever it wanted to do without really paying attention. It really is the spiritual successor to the Pixel C (or what the Pixel C was supposed to be in the first place -- a Chromebook), and is now an excellent option for those bemoaning the lack of good Android tablets.

    Jun 27, 2020 15:17
  • Review by MomTwoBoys, 10 out of 10
    Superb Chromebook for School Age Kids

    I purchased two of the Lenovo Duet Chromebooks (to replace two aging ASUS Flip C100P Chromebooks)--one for each of our school age boys. While the ASUS provided a great starter Chromebook experience to introduce our boys to a blend of web and android apps, it was starting to noticeably age and programs were not working as well anymore. When I heard about the Duet earlier this year, I immediately started to follow the news and preordered two from BB at the end of April. After all the wait and hype, I was not disappointed. For my kids, this is by far the best value for the money and gives them everything they need for virtual school and beyond. Prior to having the Duet, our boys would use a mix of their Chromebooks and Amazon Fire Tablets for school/apps/media consumption. Now with the Duet, they are no longer interested in their Amazon Fire Tablets and use their Chromebooks for all school/apps/media consumption. The screen quality as well as the included keyboard and kickstand make this a great device for them and relatively easy to use. As a parent, having controls that are easy to set up and maintain over what they can access on the web through supervising their accounts with Google Family Link makes the experience of a Chromebook highly preferable to either pure Android/Apple devices (and I own and use both). In addition to the Lenovo Duet Chromebook, we purchased two of the HP USI Rechargeable Styluses (directly from HP as they are not yet available through BB) to augment their Duets. I'll also briefly mention that access for a line-in audio only through the one USB-C port does not hinder our ability to use the devices as our boys use reasonably priced Bluetooth Headphones (EasySM brand from Amazon) which pair and stay connected without any problems. The combination of the Duet, the USI Stylus, and Bluetooth Headphones is an amazing blend that all work well together. So glad that we found the Lenovo Duet Chromebook and I would highly recommend it for those looking for both a great value and high quality Chromebook for their kids!

    Jun 01, 2020 12:57
  • Review by Phil, 10 out of 10
    It was a great gift for my Grandson!

    I brought it to my grandson Clayton yesterday. He set it up himself and is having fun finding out all that he can do with it! He will be doing his class school work on it daily.

    May 20, 2020 09:44
  • Review by Sywhy, 10 out of 10
    Wow

    Small, incredibly light, and yet has excellent battery life, and runs Android apps exceptionally well.

    Chrome OS is finally starting to show it's ready for tablets.

    Jul 18, 2020 20:38
  • Review by Ajeet, 10 out of 10
    Good value of price

    I am completely happy with product. I purchased this for my niece.

    Oct 29, 2021 21:31
  • Review by Thelonman, 10 out of 10
    Awesome. Just awesome!

    Fast, secure, versatile, exceptional battery life with a fantastic display! Can't say enough great things about the Lenovo Duet!

    Oct 22, 2021 16:08
  • Review by Perfectdisplay, 10 out of 10
    Magnificent Chromebook

    This Chromebook is more of what I have expected

    HD display is truly crystal clear and fast pace ftom one app to another

    Sep 07, 2021 11:06
  • 9.0score
    Fitbit - Inspire 2 Fitness Tracker - Black
    Description

    Make healthy a habit with Fitbit Inspire 2 and a 1-year Fitbit Premium membership for new Fitbit Premium users.* This easy-to-use fitness tracker packs 24/7 heart rate, Active Zone Minutes, activity and sleep tracking, up to 10 days of battery and more--paired with step-by-step fitness & nutrition programs, personalized insights, and sleep tools from Premium, you have all you need for a healthier you. (Free trial may only be activated with device activation. Valid payment method required. Free trial must be activated within 60 days of device activation. Cancel before free trial ends to avoid subscription fees. New Premium users only. Content and features may vary by language and are subject to change. Battery life varies with use and other factors.)

    6 Features
  • 1-Year Fitbit Premium Membership: Your Inspire 2 tracker unlocks a 1-year Fitbit Premium membership for new Fitbit Premium users complete with step-by-step fitness and nutrition programs, personalized insights and motivation, sleep tools and more.*
  • Daily Readiness Score: Optimize your workout routine with a score that reveals if you're ready to exercise or should focus on recovery. You'll get a personalized activity goal for the day, plus recommended workouts or recovery sessions based on your score.**
  • 24/7 Heart Rate: 24/7 heart rate helps you maximize your exercise sessions, see heart rate zones, track sleep stages and better estimate calorie burn.
  • Active Zone Minutes: Earn Active Zone Minutes whenever you reach your target heart rate zones, and track if you're getting the recommended 150 minutes of heart-pumping activity each week.
  • Up to 10 days of battery: With a battery life up to 10 days, Fitbit Inspire 2 keeps the inspiration coming day and night without having to stop for a charge. Varies with use and other factors.
  • Sleep Stages: See how much light, deep and REM sleep you get, and get tips in the app that can help improve sleep quality.
  • 8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by Anonymous, 10 out of 10
    Best thing I ever invested in

    When I first bought the Fitbit Inspire I was shocked of how small it came, which works for me don’t have to worry about something being bulky on my wrist all day. It’s comfortable to wear, sometimes forget it’s on my wrist. This purchase I’m glad I made, I had the choice between another Apple Watch or a Fitbit. I love my Apple Watch but some of the futures the Fitbit offers I love, even though my Apple Watch will be something I love dearly. But Fitbit came and changed the game for me, I can wear it at night and it’s not in the way. I don’t have to worry about the battery life too much, I still be able to see my messages, along with calls. Even though I’m losing a lot of futures that I get my from my Fitbit, it’s fine because just see the little notifications motivating me to do more step is something I enjoy the most. And the main reason of getting the Fitbit was to track my steps through the day, even with a job that doesn’t allow us to wear smart watches.

    Apr 22, 2021 15:42
  • Review by mustangjenny34, 10 out of 10
    Very pleased

    Great basic fitness tracker. This is my first FitBit and I’m very pleased with it. It’s easy to use me I love the little reminders it gives me. Very pleased and priced great too!

    Oct 23, 2020 17:28
  • Review by Fitbituser, 8 out of 10
    Inspire 2

    Inspire 2 is a simple heart rate tracker. It works well but frequently bumps against my wrist and switches to water lock mode. I just clear it back to the time/date watch face. The Zagg screen protector is easy to apply.

    Apr 23, 2021 16:07
  • Review by Artserved, 10 out of 10
    Checklist for change

    It’s been a excellent motivation to track my heart rate and steps and water! Oh and sleep.

    The price is perfect

    I needed the sense of a check list to alter my behavior and this was the way to do it.

    Mar 26, 2021 17:05
  • Review by Moana, 10 out of 10
    Fitbit Inspire 2 awesome

    Love my Fitbit use it every day. Totally motivates me to keep moving. Changing my life!!

    Jan 08, 2021 20:51
  • Review by MandyJo, 10 out of 10
    Perfect for Wellness Challenge

    Loving my new Fitbit! I purchased it for a wellness challenging at work to track my time and activities . Even convinced my team members to buy one.

    Apr 23, 2021 16:17
  • Review by Kmellott36, 10 out of 10
    Great Product

    I love Fitbit products. I upgraded from the inspire to the inspire 2. I love the quality, size and works for what I need it for. The brightness of the screen is really good too. I have no complaints and will continue to use Fitbit products.

    May 19, 2021 15:21
  • Review by HeatherD, 10 out of 10
    Luv it!!

    I purchased the Fitbit Inspire to replace my Fitbit Ultra I had for years. Setup was easy & it’s also easy to read. The actual tracker is a little larger than the Ultra but that info was listed in the details. I’ve been pleased with my purchase. Fitbit doesn’t disappoint.

    Aug 08, 2021 05:25
  • 9.0score
    Arlo - Pro 3 Indoor/Outdoor Wire-Free 2K HDR Floodlight Camera - White
    Description

    Security at its Brightest. Zoom in to see and record video in 2K with HDR for a clearer, undistorted picture, day or night. Connects directly to Wi-Fi without the clutter of extra gear. Illuminate your property with 2000 lumens of brightness or up to 3000 lumens with the outdoor magnetic charging cable (sold separately). The Pro 3 Floodlight Camera is wire-free and weather-resistant to deliver fast, easy installation and flexibility to get the perfect camera view, year-round. With the floodlight, see important features like faces and licenses plates in full color, at night with color night vision. Get the big picture with 160° diagonal view. Get smarter alerts for quicker action. With 3-months of Arlo’s Secure plan included, receive notifications for people, vehicles and packages and take quicker action like sound the siren, call a friend or dial emergency services.* Ward off unwanted guests by triggering the siren or floodlight automatically or manually from the Arlo App. Works with Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant, Apple HomeKit** and Samsung SmartThings.

    15 Features
  • Superior Brightness: Brightly illuminate your property with 2000-3000 lumens.***
  • Zoom in to see sharper details: 2x video resolution of HD lets you zoom in 12x with picture perfect detail.
  • See color at night: Notice important features like faces or license plates in full color, even at night, with color night vision.
  • 100% wire-free: Free of power cords and wiring hassles for easy installation in a variety of environments.
  • Noise cancelling audio: Hear and speak to visitors with clear, 2-way audio.
  • Ward off unwanted guests: Trigger your siren automatically or manually from the Arlo app.
  • Powerful AI - object detection: With an Arlo Secure plan, recognize when a package is delivered and knows the difference between a human and a tree branch.*
  • Get the bigger picture: Wider, 160º diagonal view with auto image correction, reducing the fisheye effect.
  • Smarter alerts, quicker action: With an Arlo Secure plan, receive notifications for people, vehicles, and packages so you can take quick action such as sound the siren, call friend or dial emergency services.*
  • All-weather protection: Designed to withstand heat, cold, rain or sun.
  • Custom control: Enhance protection with custom floodlight and camera settings.
  • Connects directly to Wi-Fi: No hub required for an even easier install.
  • Multiple powering options: Power with the included rechargeable battery, optional solar panel or outdoor charging cable (Optional solar panel and outdoor charging cable sold separately).
  • Plays well with others: Works with Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant, Apple HomeKit** and Samsung SmartThings.
  • Arlo Secure*: Includes 3-months of Arlo Secure for 30-day cloud recording, advanced object detection, rich notifications, cloud activity zones and more. Plans start at $3.
  • 8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by cjviscito, 8 out of 10
    Near Perfect Wireless Floodlight Cam Solution

    We have Arlo Pro 1 & 2 cameras at our house, and I was looking for a floodlight to add to the side of the house near our garbage bins because it's pretty much pitch black at night when I take the trash out. When I saw that I could pick up an Arlo camera with floodlight, I thought 'Great - a camera and a light!' In truth, the Arlo floodlight camera is a nice addition to our Arlo family, however there are some shortcomings that Arlo could easily fix.

    The camera itself is fairly large and the light can get really bright. If you have other Arlo cameras, this thing is easily the size of 2 or 3 of them. The unit comes with:

    - Floodlight Camera

    - Mounting Plate

    - Drywall Anchors and screws

    - Rechargable battery pack

    - Micro-USB charging cable

    - USB charging brick

    It's pretty much the all-in-one solution I was looking for. I was able to connect it with my existing Arlo base and camera set up fairly quickly. Out of the box, there was a firmware update that Arlo had available, so I used that time to connect the charging cable and charge the battery up as well. Arlo does make a magnetic charging cable option if you want to be able to essentially "hard wire" this camera up, but that option wouldn't have worked with where I wanted to mount it... not unless I paid an electrician to run an outlet nearby.

    The hardest part was installing the unit - mostly because I thought I was going to be able to mount it to the brick instead of the wood trim under the gutters. At the end of the day, I check the screw lengths and they were long enough to hold the mounting plate in place snugly agains the wooden trim. Just be sure to check the clearance when mounting, because you could find your space a bit tight due to how wide the floodlights are on either side.

    Once I had it up and running, I was able to go into the Arlo app and set up an activity zone. Something that Arlo doesn't make very clear is how to automatically trigger the light. I thought by creating an activity zone and setting the light to go off between dusk and dawn that it would automatically go off if it detected motion. True to Arlo's settings though, this camera works like their other ones - you have to have the cameras in an "Armed" mode in order for the camera to look for motion and then it'll trigger the lights.

    You can manually turn on and off the lights from the Arlo app - but there again is where an unnecessary limitation exists. If you want to have that setting on for the floodlight camera to automatically turn on when it detects motion, you either have to make a custom mode for it, or have your entire system on "Armed". I fee like Arlo could've made a setting for this that allows you to engage the light while leaving everything else disarmed, but it's essentially Armed or not.

    The video quality on the camera is quite good too - but that also depends on the strength of your WiFi signal, so your milage may vary. Overall, I'm happy with the camera. I haven't had it long enough to comment on battery life, but it's been up and running for about 4 days now and the battery is at 98%. I typically leave my Arlo system on a schedule setting, so it's only looking for motion during the night, so I'm sure that's helping save the battery life also.

    Nov 04, 2020 12:44
  • Review by CactusJax, 10 out of 10
    Great floodlight, no wiring required!

    While I had seen the Arlo floodlight cameras I didn't realize that they were battery operated like their other cameras. I had assumed that being a bright floodlight that they would require wiring so I hadn't considered adding one to my 4 Arlo cameras. While there are provisions that allow being plugged in or attaching a solar charger, I used the included battery. I checked that my WiFi would reach an oak tree near the street and installed this floodlight camera on that tree. It only takes 3 screws to attach the base and the camera mount just twists to lock on the base. Since I already have Arlo cameras installed, adding this one to the network was a snap. I set this camera up in the wide angle mode and it covers my entire front yard and more. This camera allows you to define zones where it will and won't record. I set the zone to exclude my next door neighbors driveway so that I don't get an alarm every time they come or go. Like the other cameras, you can listen in or have a conversation over the camera. There is a delay in the audio if you try to have a conversation but it works. The night vision is great and the bright light really lights up the yard (see the attached pics). There are a couple of things I wish this (and my other Arlo cams) did a little better. I wish they would begin recording sooner, and most of the time there is a delay between the time I get a notification and the time I can view the video. I love this camera/light and intend to install another in the back yard.

    Nov 04, 2020 18:10
  • Review by Sreenadh, 10 out of 10
    Ridiculously Bright!

    I bought this to put on a tree next to my driveway and its ridiculously bright. I have an arlo pro 3 and an arlo light already there which were bright but i wanted a wider more brighter solution so i got this. Check out the before and after pictures

    Jun 07, 2020 23:00
  • Review by BigZo, 10 out of 10
    As good as it gets!

    This camera has excellent 2k quality and a surprisingly bright spotlight. It also has amazing battery life. I bought this for surveillance purposes and it paid off immediately. I was wondering why my squirrel-proof bird feeder was emptying so quickly. I mounted this camera, which is the 9th Arlo camera in my collection (5 Pro 2s, 2 Ultras, 1 indoor, and now a floodlight camera) to the side of my deck, and literally caught the culprit on video the very first night. See the picture. I highly recommend this product.

    Aug 07, 2020 15:55
  • Review by Robbie, 10 out of 10
    Very good floodlight

    Mounting it was super easily (once I found a spot that wasn't a dead zone). Setting it up is like any other camera, very easy. The day time video quality is great. The night vision is not as good, but still pretty good; better than my essential spotlight cameras. The light is very impressive.

    Jan 14, 2021 11:30
  • Review by TECHBEENGOOD, 10 out of 10
    Powerful security floodlight/camera

    Arlo - Pro 3 Indoor/Outdoor Wire-Free 2K HDR Floodlight Camera

    Arlo’s Floodlight (emphasis on LIGHT) security camera is part of a very complete system with the capability of local storage, subscription and all types of other security devices available. In a competitive market for security cameras, Arlo offers a very useful mix of desirable features and great performance for this and its other devices. I’ve got other examples from several manufactures around my house, but this Arlo makes perhaps the boldest statement, aiming for “bleeding edge” parameters.

    PROs

    A very high resolution (not 4k, but 2k) for a security camera ….. and you can see it in the images. These are very detailed movie clips live or recorded. Very wide angle of view which can be narrowed for a more typical image layout. But: You can (and may) need to sacrifice resolution if you don’t have adequate Wi-Fi bandwidth and/or the camera is mounted at a great distance from a Wi-Fi node.

    Very strong W-Fi (with long range connectivity). The camera linked to my Wi-Fi network without difficulty just about anywhere around my house.

    Motion activation is flexible, easily modified in the App. In fact, there is almost nothing that can’t be adjusted: brightness, trigger sensitivity, field of view, duration of lighting (within 1 - 20 minutes), etc.

    Easy-to-use phone App is remarkably fuss-free, with good in-App support, to connect.

    Manual light control from phone App to extract even more or less brightness. Very very high light output when triggered by an event. But: Be kind to your neighbors.

    Wall attachment is easy with a nicely designed mount that can be easily released (twisted off). If you choose to rely on battery power and not the magnetic extension cable, this is important. The camera is front heavy, so you want it to be securely attached. You can press a button to release the housing for access to the battery.

    CONS: (Yeah, it’s mostly about which features are available without the need for a subscription.) Sorting out the mix of features which require a subscription and what accessories will or won’t do depending on the subscription is a bit off-putting for a new owner.

    SUMMARY: The stand-alone Arlo - Pro 3 Indoor/Outdoor Wire-Free 2K HDR Floodlight Camera is full of useful features simply used as a stand alone device. Adding it to a whole system and/or using an Arlo subscription is worth the cost, but accessories can get costly. I’m going to use it as a stand alone security flood-light camera (at least until I get a sense of its long term performance). It’s a unique and special way to create your own security system.

    Oct 29, 2020 15:44
  • Review by Apex, 8 out of 10
    No more thieves

    Works great on my phone! Those that gave it low reviews must not be tech savvy and have cheap internet. Very visible at night too

    May 16, 2021 15:06
  • Review by Vany, 10 out of 10
    New to cameras

    I am new to cameras and I was trying others when I was recommended Arlo. The others I would use had static noise and catch every little motion I would wake up with over 100 notifications of just the tress swaying. I ended up traded those cameras and getting Arlo. I can say it was such a difference. Arlo has great cameras that are so smart and knows the difference in cars, humans,animals, and trees. The image was clearer and there was no back ground noise except talking. I would recommended arlo to everyone who is thinking about cameras. Im in love and for sure will be buying more

    Sep 05, 2021 18:37
  • 9.0score
    Insignia™ - 26 Lb. Portable Icemaker with Auto Shut-Off - Mint
    Description

    You’ll never run out of ice with the Insignia NS-IMP26MT2 26 Lb. Portable Icemaker with Auto Shut-Off. Producing up to 26 lbs. of ice per day, this icemaker stores up to 1.5 lbs., supplying all the cold drinks at a large gathering. It creates ice every 6 to 13 minutes and has two cube size options you can choose from, depending on your drink of choice and glass size. It has a large 2.1-quart water tank that recycles melted ice, so you can refill it less often. An electronic control panel with indicator lights make this portable icemaker easy to operate. Match the icemaker to your kitchen décor or add an interesting pop of color with a mint green that will attract all your guests. Become the best party host with a portable icemaker that keeps up with the drinks and your guests’ expectations.

    10 Features
  • Two cube sizes: Enjoy small .25 oz. ice cubes and large .32 oz. ice cubes to fit various glass sizes.
  • Produces up to 26 lbs. (12 kg) of ice per day: Lets you stock up for your next get-together.
  • 1.5 lb. (.7 kg) storage capacity: Gives you plenty of ice for any occasion.
  • Auto shut-off: Ensures ice production stops when the bin is full to prevent overflow.
  • Removable basket and ice scoop: Gives you easy access to your ice.
  • Quick production cycle: Creates ice every 6 to 13 minutes to keep you supplied with fresh ice.
  • Large water tank: Holds up to 2.1 qt. (2 L) of water.
  • Self-recycling water system: Automatically uses water from melted ice to make new ice.
  • Electronic control panel with indicator lights: Makes using this icemaker simple and straight-forward.
  • Mint green design: Gives your kitchen a pop of color.
  • 8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by Bear, 10 out of 10
    Insignia Ice Makerl.

    It works fine. It provides all the ice I need per day. I'm very satisfied with the Insignia Ice Maker.

    Jul 23, 2021 20:49
  • Review by Danielle, 10 out of 10
    Amazing

    Would never purchase Samsung appliances but I of course moved into a home with a brand new Samsung refrigerator. The ice machine on it is terrible, constantly freezes up, had it worked on one time and was fine for a few weeks. Called the appliance guy back and told us he no longer serviced Samsung because they are just that bad! Our alternative to purchasing another fridge was this ice machine. After reading the reviews we decided to go with it. It’s small enough that it can tuck away into my cabinet with a plug in it so it runs in there and isn’t an eye sore on my counter top. In about two hours it fills with ice, it takes about three times of this to fill my ice machine. I followed another guys review to dump onto a clean dish towel to get off excess water before putting into our ice maker, this was a huge help. No problem with clumping, can keep ice maker on Samsung fridge off and still let this ice come out of there. We make ice about once a week to put in our fridge for a two person household.

    Oct 21, 2021 13:35
  • Review by Rose, 10 out of 10
    Great ice maker.

    Cute color, bullet ice. Two sizes large /small. It takes likes 7 mins to make.

    Nov 05, 2021 15:49
  • Review by Jackie, 10 out of 10
    Best piece of ice machine!

    Great Machine! Love the ice of ice cubes it makes! My kids can’t get enough of how fast the ice is made!

    Oct 14, 2021 04:12
  • Review by Jackie, 10 out of 10
    Ice maker machine

    Love this ice maker machine, cute and great size. Also the ice cubes are adorable!!

    Oct 14, 2021 04:15
  • Review by Tonya, 10 out of 10
    Great ice maker!

    Got my ice maker today. It works as stated. Very quite and you barley even here it dump the ice into the basket. It makes 9 pieces at a time and takes about 9-10 mins to freeze and drop them. Very convenient for those without an ice maker. Ice is formed into a bullet and you can choose to make small or large sizes.

    Jun 29, 2021 21:57
  • Review by Adrianne, 6 out of 10
    Cute and portable but not a workhorse

    I love the ice cubes it makes. The challenge is that the device doesn’t stay cold enough to just leave the ice cubes in there. They melt. Plus it’s too loud to run all the time. On the plus side, it’s perfect for a small cocktail party or a night where you want 10 ice cubes every 10 minutes or so. I tend to run it about once a week to get enough ice for the week. I store the frozen cubes in the regular freezer.

    Sep 28, 2021 18:07
  • Review by GaZe, 10 out of 10
    Awesome small countertop ice maker

    Bought about a month ago to make ice because we have a small freezer. Works great! Easy to use and stops automatically once it senses it is full. Tip: Clean regularly to avoid cloudy ice. The bullet ice cubes are cute and work great to cool things down.

    Oct 11, 2021 23:12
  • 9.0score
    Aqua Joe - 360 Degree Telescoping Tripod
    Description

    Aqua Joe AJ-6PSTB Indestructible Turbo Drive 360 Degree Telescoping Tripod Lawn and Garden Sprinkler/Mister | Extends from 31-45-inches | 6 Spray Patterns | 4500 sq ft Max Coverage

    6 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by Anonymous, 8 out of 10
    Solid

    Reliable product works well. Can overshoot in tight areas while sprinkling. However a quality product overall it works well but you need to know what to do with it.

    Aug 27, 2021 16:43
  • Review by samdaw, 10 out of 10
    The last sprinkler you will buy.

    This thing is amazing. Soooo many spray pattern options. Vertical, horizontal and radial adjustments to customize the coverage. The built-in shut off valve is also nice.

    Easy to move to a new spot and push the cleats into the ground.

    I added an inline mechanical timer to it so now I can set it to run for a time limit and not forget to shut it off.

    Definitely a good investment to save time.

    Aug 14, 2021 10:34
  • Review by Bones, 10 out of 10
    Best SPRINKLER EVER

    I LOVE THIS SPRINKLE! IS SO ADJUSTABLE ROM SMALL TO LARGE LAWN NOT ONLY CAN YOU ADJUST HOW HIGH YOU CAN ALSO ADJUST HOW FAR TO SPRAY PLUS FIVE DIFFERENT SPRAY PATTERNS.

    Jun 18, 2021 16:02
  • Review by Hrdi, 8 out of 10
    Sprinkler

    Picking up was only problem.

    Need to fix pickup policy

    Jul 09, 2021 16:51
  • Review by Wolfie, 8 out of 10
    Sprinkler

    Definitely good for multiple use from watering the lawn to a sprinkler the kids can use on a hot summer day

    May 11, 2021 02:21
  • Review by Dreaddy, 10 out of 10
    Great item

    The item I bought from Best Buy price was very reasonable.

    Jul 02, 2021 15:40
  • 9.0score
    Aqua Joe - 360 Degree Telescoping Tripod
    Description

    Aqua Joe AJ-6PSTB Indestructible Turbo Drive 360 Degree Telescoping Tripod Lawn and Garden Sprinkler/Mister | Extends from 31-45-inches | 6 Spray Patterns | 4500 sq ft Max Coverage

    6 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by Anonymous, 8 out of 10
    Solid

    Reliable product works well. Can overshoot in tight areas while sprinkling. However a quality product overall it works well but you need to know what to do with it.

    Aug 27, 2021 16:43
  • Review by samdaw, 10 out of 10
    The last sprinkler you will buy.

    This thing is amazing. Soooo many spray pattern options. Vertical, horizontal and radial adjustments to customize the coverage. The built-in shut off valve is also nice.

    Easy to move to a new spot and push the cleats into the ground.

    I added an inline mechanical timer to it so now I can set it to run for a time limit and not forget to shut it off.

    Definitely a good investment to save time.

    Aug 14, 2021 10:34
  • Review by Bones, 10 out of 10
    Best SPRINKLER EVER

    I LOVE THIS SPRINKLE! IS SO ADJUSTABLE ROM SMALL TO LARGE LAWN NOT ONLY CAN YOU ADJUST HOW HIGH YOU CAN ALSO ADJUST HOW FAR TO SPRAY PLUS FIVE DIFFERENT SPRAY PATTERNS.

    Jun 18, 2021 16:02
  • Review by Hrdi, 8 out of 10
    Sprinkler

    Picking up was only problem.

    Need to fix pickup policy

    Jul 09, 2021 16:51
  • Review by Wolfie, 8 out of 10
    Sprinkler

    Definitely good for multiple use from watering the lawn to a sprinkler the kids can use on a hot summer day

    May 11, 2021 02:21
  • Review by Dreaddy, 10 out of 10
    Great item

    The item I bought from Best Buy price was very reasonable.

    Jul 02, 2021 15:40
  • 9.0score
    eufy - eufyCam 2 Pro 2K Indoor/Outdoor 2-Camera Security System - White
    Description

    Record home or office activity effectively with this eufy eufyCam 2 2K surveillance system. The 16GB of storage provide ample space for videos, while the two high-resolution cameras let you capture detailed security footage from multiple angles. This white eufy eufyCam 2 2K surveillance system works with Google Assistant and Amazon Alexa for seamless hands-free operation.

    13 Features
  • Connects to your Wi-Fi network: Offers convenient and simple setup.
  • Works with Apple HomeKit, Google Assistant, or Amazon Alexa: You can activate or dim the floodlights via the voice command and check in anytime on what's happening outside your home.
  • Motion detection: Set a trigger that starts recording automatically after motion is detected.
  • Powerful night vision up to 25': Allows you to monitor your home or business, even in dim lighting, automatically switching the picture to black-and-white in low-light conditions.
  • 365-day battery life: Its IP67 rated weatherproof camera operates for up to 365 days per charge (or up to three years in the Standby mode), indoors and out.
  • Two-way communication: The built-in microphone and speaker let you hear what happens around the camera and talk back through your phone.
  • Mountable design: Allows for optimal placement on a wall or eave.
  • Record everything in HD: Its vivid 2K resolution enables you to see small details on your screen.
  • 140° field of view: Captures a wide area of your property for high-level security all the time.
  • Convenient video storage: The camera has built-in 16GB local storage for storing about one year of recordings.
  • Monitor your property with two cameras: Includes two eufy eufyCam 2 indoor/outdoor wire-free 2K add-on security cameras for recording high-resolution video for wide-screen viewing.
  • Notifications keep you informed: Receive motion detection notifications for peace of mind while you're away.
  • Weather-resistant design: Its IP67 rating protects against wind and rain for versatile indoor/outdoor monitoring.
  • 8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by JMan, 10 out of 10
    Excellent performance and no subscription required

    I’ve tried a few other wireless external IP cameras but did not like the fact that they required frequent recharging. What happens if we go on vacation or if I simply don’t want to climb a ladder to retrieve the camera in snow, rain, ice or other elements? I wanted a wireless solution that did not require me to frequently recharge cameras or install a hardwired DIY surveillance system. The combination of a promised one year battery life between charges and no forced subscription requirement made Eufycam 2 a compelling option to consider.

    This Eufy system consists of the Homebase and two cameras. Setup was easy and quick to complete. In a nutshell, you

    - Connect the Homebase 2 to your router

    - Install the Eufy Security app on a smart device and create an account

    - Add the Homebase 2 and cameras to the app

    - Place the cameras and that’s it

    The Homebase 2 is small, rectangular, non-obtrusive and super easy to connect to a home router. Just plug it into an open ethernet port on your router using the included ethernet cable and plug in the included power cord. It contains 16gb of internal memory. It also has a USB port which I assume will be accommodate additional external storage at some point. I wasn’t expecting the female voice prompt which nearly made me jump out of my shoes when it suddenly started speaking very loudly out of nowhere during setup. There are some additional sound effects as well. Despite all initially being a little on the loud side, I found them all entertaining. Some even remind me of retro video games. I’d like to lower the volume of the Homebase 2 but there doesn’t appear to be a way to do so.

    The setup guide instructs how to properly charge the cameras but does not mention whether or not an initial charge of the cameras is needed. Turns out the cameras do need to be charged before first use. It’s not in the paper setup guide but the app instructs to do so during the camera portion of the setup. I assumed as much and charged both cameras before beginning the setup, which allowed me to perform the entire setup at once without interruption. I suggest charging the cameras first to avoid beginning setup only to be forced to stop and wait a few hours to resume. Each camera charged for approximately three hours before the charging indicator light turned off. The user guide says a fully drained battery takes roughly 8 to 12 hours to fully recharge. The charging cable and port are old-school micro-USB and only one charging cable is included. Thankfully, I have a ton of spare micro-USB cables laying around the house. The cameras can either be charged through the hub or with an optional AC wall adapter. I used my iPad charger because it was within the recommended charger spec of 5v/2a. Given the fact that battery life is supposed to last a year, I’m not really concerned about the number of cables or the exclusion of a wall charger.

    The two included cameras easily pair to the Homebase 2 with the push of a button. They need to be within one meter of the Homebase when paired, so make sure to pair them before mounting. The system ships with outdoor and indoor camera mounts. The outdoor mount is a direct attachment and the indoor mount attaches via a strong magnet that attaches quite strongly to the camera’s internal magnet. The camera can also be attached directly to a metal surface via the internal magnet but I’m not a big fan of that method. The magnet feels strong enough to hold the camera in light winds but I wouldn’t trust it to survive really strong wind gusts or the weight of a bird landing on it. Viewing angles are adjustable with either mount. Regardless of which fixed mount is selected, it must be securely attached to a wall or other mounting surface using screws. I have a stucco exterior, so I had to be extra careful about where I mounted the cameras but the mounts seem sufficient for easy installation on less fragile surfaces like wood or vinyl siding. The user guide suggests mounting the cameras 7-10 feet high and to avoid placing them in direct sunlight. One neat feature if you can’t mount the cameras high enough to avoid tampering is an alarm that will sound if the camera is moved. This can be toggled on and off.

    The HD video quality is very good and much better than I expected. With a one-year battery life, I was expecting worse quality. Although it isn’t streaming 4K at 60fps, it’s very clear and more than sufficient for my home use. Video quality can be adjusted within the app. All videos have date/time stamps which can be toggled on and off. The facial recognition feature is pretty cool. If a human face is detected, a small zoomed and cropped photo of the face is included with the video clip. The cameras also record sound, which is clear and decipherable even at lower volumes. Two-way conversation works well and both parties can hear each other clearly. Night vision is sharp and clear although it is infrared monochrome rather than full color like some systems. The wifi signal of both cameras is consistently strong with an external camera on each side of the house. I’m using a mesh system with multiple satellite routers, but another neat feature of the Homebase 2 is that it also works as a wifi extender. Although not quite a mesh system, it can help boost signal strength in a single router setup. It’ll be a while before I can verify whether the camera battery life actually lasts an entire year but so far the battery level hasn’t budged at all despite the cameras running and recording 24x7 for several days outside in the summer heat, humidity and rain. There is a tiny bit of latency with streaming but nothing I would consider abnormal or troublesome. I’ve experienced similar latency on just about all my other wireless camera systems, including those with pricey paid subscriptions and cloud storage. I can definitely live with it on a subscription-free system as robust as this.

    The app is very intuitive and easy to use. All features are logically arranged and easy to find. There are four tabs on the bottom as well as a drop down menu in the top left. I find myself using the bottom tabs almost exclusively and almost never use the drop down menu unless it is to change an account related setting. The drop down menu provides access to device, user, account and system settings, some of which overlap with the bottom tabs. The bottom tabs are sorted into four categories: devices, events, security and explore. The device tab allows access to cameras for live viewing, two-way conversations and setting changes. It also allows access to the Homebase 2 settings. The events tab displays all recorded and administrative events sorted by day and time and allows playback of recorded videos. The security tab allows you to enable or disable the system, put it in away or home mode, set up geofencing (currently still in beta mode) and set a schedule for monitoring. There is also an automation section under the security tab that allows the creation of automated actions per device. The default automation is for the camera to record whenever a motion alert is triggered. The are currently only two automation options available at the moment (record or sound an alarm) but it’s nice to have control over how a camera behaves when triggered. I also like being able to set an alarm to sound if someone enters an area they shouldn’t be on our property. I’m hopeful automation will become more robust and useful with time.

    We are really enjoying the Eufycam 2 system so far and find it currently meets all our security camera needs. I don’t have to climb a ladder every few days to bring the cameras in to recharge and they have so far exceeded our expectations as far as reliability of alerts and recording quality. Not being forced into an expensive subscription plan is huge and will hopefully lead to more companies doing the same. I’ve never understood why some companies force users into expensive subscriptions when we have virtually limitless storage available and are more than capable of setting up our own cloud or local storage. Although they don’t appear to allow using your own storage yet, it appears on the horizon. All I can say is Anker gets it. It’s refreshing to see a company not try to shamelessly squeeze every last penny they can out of consumers.

    Jun 22, 2020 17:17
  • Review by Curmudgeon1, 10 out of 10
    EXCELLENT WIFI VIDEO SECURITY– NO CLOUD ACCOUNT

    Having recently installed the Eufy Smart Video Doorbell, and being highly pleased with its impressive performance, I was very motivated to acquire the new Eufycam 2 Pro Security Camera System as an adjunct to the Eufy Doorbell. This Eufycam 2 Pro Security Camera System is genuinely excellent and very impressive!

    Eufy is produced by Anker, a well-known and respected manufacturer of cell phone accessories, which has also earned a reputation for excellent customer service. The company is aptly named “Eufy Innovations”, and they are indeed innovative in these excellent devices which are generally superior to competitive products from other companies.

    Eufycam 2 Pro Security Camera System is a complete kit which includes two Model T8140 IP-67, “Weatherproof” rated, 2k video cameras and a Eufy Homebase 2 Wi-Fi hub. This kit includes all of the necessary camera mounting items, including a pair of screw-on mounting bases (camera attaches via a threaded stud), with an adjustable gimbal mount and friction collar, for exterior mounting applications, as well as a pair of magnetic mounts for interior mounting. The package also includes the necessary screws, plastic plugs and drilling templates to facilitate mounting on multiple surfaces including wood, drywall or masonry. Even the USB cable for charging the cameras and the Ethernet cable for the initial setup of the Homebase 2 are included.

    This new, Eufycam 2 Pro model camera is an improved and upgraded evolution of its predecessor, the Eufycam 2. The significant improvement is in camera resolution. Where the Eufycam 2 produces 1080p images, this new Eufycam 2 Pro produces 2k resolution video. The camera sensors are Sony Starvis IMX307, 1/2.8” CMOS sensors with a 140° field of view and f 2.4 aperture. A very appealing and compelling feature is that all videos are stored locally on the Eufy HomeBase2 which is connected to the home Wi-Fi network, and is equipped with 16 GB of eMMC flash memory. No cloud storage account is required with an additional, recurring fee, (optional cloud storage is available, if desired) and no arbitrary time limit for video storage is imposed. 16GB of storage will hold many videos for a long time, before overwriting older files.

    Although cameras generally won’t prevent crime, videos can be valuable in solving crime. Additionally, real-time notifications and real-time streaming of video, enables a property owner to immediately notify law enforcement and potentially provide critical information while a crime is still in-progress and officers are responding.

    Setup of the Eufycam 2 Pro Security Camera System is generally straightforward. Initial setup and all device configuration and management functions require the Eufy Security smartphone app (Android and iOS versions). The sparse Owner’s Manual instructs you to connect the Homebase 2 to your Wi-Fi router with the supplied Ethernet cable. Thereafter the Eufy Security smartphone app provides excellent, step-by-step instructions, including audio guidance. The glaring exception to the otherwise excellent setup instructions, is that once the Homebase2 is set up using the required (and supplied) Ethernet cable (connecting directly to the Wi-Fi router), the setup process completes without any further guidance for connecting the Homebase2 to the network via Wi-Fi. The process is quite simple and straightforward, but requires the user to explore the app and access “Devices” > “Homebase2” > “Connection” > “Wi-Fi Setup”. The Eufy Security app should automatically offer that Wi-Fi Setup step prior to finishing the setup process, and this important step should also be documented. Adding the Eufycam 2 Pro cameras to the Eufy Homebase 2 hub network is likewise extremely simple and straightforward and fully guided by the Eufy Security smartphone app.

    Configuring the operating features and options of the Homebase 2 and the 2k cameras is equally simple and fast. The Eufy smartphone app is quite good and functions well and reliably. It is very robust and includes many features, none of which are documented, and all of which require exploration by the user.

    The Eufycam 2 Pro camera features and capabilities are very similar to the Eufy Smart Video Doorbell camera and also support detection and differentiation of humans from other moving objects in the flexible, user-defined active detection zone. Among the important features and options which should be configured are those of motion detection boundaries and sensitivity, video quality, power management and more. There are some notable differences however between configuration options and parameters for the Eufycam 2 Pro as compared to the Eufy Smart Video Doorbell. The security camera configuration lacks the “Notifications” page, which not only provides for app defined notification sounds, but importantly allows the selection of the “initial view” upon opening a smartphone push-notification of motion detection from the camera. The doorbell camera offers either “Live View” or “Recorded Event”. The security camera has no options, and always opens the recorded event that triggered the push-notification. The ability to immediately access the live stream from the phone notification is quite valuable; you can always review the recorded video later, after checking the live camera feed first. The Eufycam 2 Pro configuration does add a few “security” related options for automated actions based on triggering, motion detection events. I particularly like the option to activate recording from both security cameras, when motion has been detected on one. This has the potential to provide a possibly valuable record from a different camera perspective.

    Eufy claims a full one-year battery life per charge cycle, based on the default, energy conserving “Optimal Battery Life” configuration mode. That is believable, based on the excellent battery performance that I have experienced thus far with the Eufy Smart Video Doorbell. I prefer the more aggressive “Optimal Surveillance” mode, which allows for clip length up to 60 seconds, instead of 20 seconds. There is also a “Customize Recording” selection for even greater flexibility. By design, the camera conserves battery power by “sleeping” until awakened by motion detection or manual viewing through the app. There is a latency interval while the camera awakens for both video and audio, and there are a few seconds of delay for the transmission of the smartphone alert. Electing to view the live camera feed also encounters an additional several seconds of delay. Additionally, there is no pre-recording buffer in the Eufy system, ostensibly to conserve battery power and extend intervals between recharges.

    The system operates by the cameras transmitting data to the Homebase2 via a private 2.4 GHz connection. 5 GHz Wi-Fi is not supported. Eufy represents utilizing 256 bit AES encryption both in video transmission and storage on the Homebase2. However, it is not clear if videos being streamed or downloaded (to the smartphone) are decrypted on the Eufy servers or at the endpoint by the app on the phone. For true security purposes, the decryption would have to be performed on the user’s smartphone.

    Bidirectional audio communication is supported between the cameras and the smartphone app, however it experiences a very significant level of latency.

    As excellent as the Eufycam 2 Pro hardware clearly is, and as excellent as the Eufy Security smartphone app is with its rich feature set, flexibility, functionality and stability, having complete and comprehensive written documentation compiled as an Owner’s Manual would be invaluable. The absence of documentation obliges the user to search through and explore the Eufy Security app without information or explanation for the many features and options. Hopefully, Eufy will add downloadable PDF User Manuals for each of these fine products to their website.

    The formatted capacity of the 16 GB Homebase 2 is 14.7 GB. The 2k high resolution video files have varied significantly in file size ranging from less than 1 MB to over 13 MB. Of course, the vast majority of the video files are of no retention value, and are easily deleted through the smartphone app. Any video files which have retention value, are easily downloaded from the Homebase 2 to the user’s smartphone for retention, transfer or distribution. Of course, more cameras connected to the Homebase 2 will produce proportionately more video files, whereby the local storage onboard the Homebase 2 could ultimately prove to be inadequate. It would be beneficial for Eufy to implement the ability to augment storage capacity, such as via SD cards; which is currently unavailable and unsupported .

    The Eufycam 2 Pro security camera is a terrific adjunct to my Eufy Smart Video Doorbell. The 2k video and still imagery are crisp, clear and color accurate. Infrared video captured during hours of darkness is also very sharp and clear, and the IR emitters appear to have good range for illuminating a decent area. The camera specifications and features are impressive, and integration with the Homebase 2 and configuration and utilization with the Eufy smartphone app are all superior.

    I really like the Eufycam 2 Pro Security Camera System, and I will likely supplement it with additional cameras. It supports integration with other Eufy devices (i.e. doorbell cameras) as well as Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant and Apple Homekit.

    I highly recommend the Eufycam 2 Pro Security Camera System. It is really an excellent performer. Installation and configuration are extremely easy, and wireless devices have the greatest flexibility and ease of physical installation. Another substantial benefit is that the local storage will accommodate a significant quantity of high-resolution, encrypted videos without the need for, or expense of a cloud storage account.

    Jun 21, 2020 19:59
  • Review by slashman, 10 out of 10
    Big upgrade from 2c

    I upgraded two eufy 2c cams. Like others have stated the biggest difference is at dusk and at night. Faces are way better too. On the 2c cameras I could tell when my friends and family were on cam but I couldn't pick a stranger out of a line up based off the video the 2c was pushing. the 2k cams are so much clearer! I can't comment on the battery life since I've only had them a few days but my 2c's used to last about 4-5 months so I'm hoping I get closer to a year with these. Overall happy with purchase. The only thing I don't care for with these is the night mode with the spot light. On the 2c you had an option to set it so that the spotlight comes on when motion is detected. With these it just has an "Auto Night Mode" which I haven't been able to get the spot light to come on or figure out if/when it comes on. Overall not a big deal though since I have motion activated flood lights next to the cams anyway.

    Oct 25, 2021 08:56
  • Review by dsjjfgrn, 8 out of 10
    They thought of almost everything

    I've had several security cameras over the years, each with their own quirks and idiosyncrasies. Most of them have been useful in spite of those, and those quirks help me to determine how and where each should be used. The eufyCam 2 Pro is a rare exception. It's almost like the hardware and software designers had owned a lot of other products and ACTUALLY LEARNED FROM OTHERS' MISTAKES. If only the auto industry were as wise.

    Right out of the box, even though the packaging wasn't made of anything out of the ordinary, it gave the impression that "this is an important piece of equipment." It wasn't "packed in a box for me"...it was *presented* to me.

    The base unit is pretty hefty, but that doesn't have any bearing on anything, other than feeling expensive. I really like that it has wired ethernet as well as wireless connection options. I prefer to hard wire my security base units, so it was a no-brainer to just plug the included enet cable into my router's satellite unit. The base unit contains 16GB of storage, so there's no need to purchase a memory card or subscribe to any kind of service or cloud storage.

    The cameras are heavy enough to feel substantial and inspire confidence, but not so heavy as to pose installation problems. Both cameras were mostly charged out of the box, so it didn't take long to bring them to 100%. Indoor and outdoor mounts are included for each camera. Nice. The cameras attach to either magnetically. The battery life is claimed to be 365 days; three years if the unit is in stand by mode. I really hope this is the case, as I have one installed in a pretty difficult-to-reach location on my back patio.

    Setup was straightforward. The instructions were easy to understand, even for non-techies. The most unusual aspect of this was that all the instructions were CORRECT. I've been very disappointed (though I'm no longer surprised) for decades with how the instructions for tech gear doesn't seem to match reality. Best case, I can figure out how to get back on track once something has happened; worst case, I have to make educated guesses. I often wonder how people without university-level technical degrees are able to use some products at all.

    There was a firmware update for the base unit. It updated and restarted in pretty short order.

    The iOS app is well designed. It is intuitive and easy to find features and settings. The image quality is among the best I've seen, which allows for a lot of zoom. The night vision is VERY impressive, with a high level of detail. I think that the ambient light threshold to switch to night vision is a bit high; I was able to disable night vision and see quite well. Perhaps in time, this will be adjustable, but it is far from a show-stopper.

    A nice feature of the cameras is the anti-theft setting. If someone walks off with the camera, it will scream at them. Not fun for the thief! Fortunately, it is switchable, so you don't have to be concerned about moving it around. Just don't turn the feature on until it is placed where you want it!

    The only problem I encountered was that I was unable to add the device to my Apple HomeKit. (see photo) Someone will need to address this ASAP, if it is to be part of a good home system. This is the only thing that kept my rating away from five stars.

    Jun 26, 2020 18:18
  • Review by mrsnekk, 4 out of 10
    Misses too much to be a good home-security choice

    At first, I liked it so much that I ordered another camera. It was easy to set up the cameras, easy to connect the app, and doesn't require cloud storage to work. After a couple weeks, I'm considering returning everything. You can set three detection zones for each camera, but they can only be non-rotatable squares. If you're watching something at an angle, like a driveway or sidewalk, you have to extend the detection zone to include areas you don't want, or you might run out of squares. It's also pretty bad at detecting people, but mostly if they're black. When I (as a white person) walk from my driveway to the sidewalk, I get an alert that says "Human." When a black person walks from my driveway to the sidewalk, I don't get an alert and the camera doesn't record an event. In two weeks, two of my cameras watching the main entry areas have failed to detect 100% of black people as human. Seems like some pretty serious bias in their AI. Even when I walk down the sidewalk towards my front door with the motion-sensitivity set to the highest level, the camera doesn't recognize me until I'm 30 feet away. Then there's the video quality - The attached image is clipped from one of the videos, and I couldn't even read the sign on the side of the car from 20 feet away. And, of course, since the driver was black, he walked past multiple other cameras to get to my front door, then left, all without triggering a single alert.

    Aug 13, 2021 15:16
  • Review by Korcaonline, 10 out of 10
    Nice device

    Best camera ever. Motion ready. No monthly fee. 2K quality. Everything is perfect. Thanks Best Buy. I love your store.

    Jul 31, 2021 21:23
  • Review by bradrobster, 8 out of 10
    Great Security Camera set

    The EufyCam2 is a 2 camera system with a Homebase. The Home base plugs into your router like many of camera systems that are out there. You then “pair” and setup each camera to the base station. The cameras seem to be very well made, heavy, but sleek and very nice looking. The homebase is larger than most home base type units but this one does have a USB connection in the rear that you can use to charge the cameras.

    I must say that I did have issues with the setup. You have to install the app to start the setup.That was very straight forward and the app seems straight forward functional. I have setup different devices plenty of time and this one seemed to struggle in getting setup. It never would connect to my router even though it was plugged into it! I tried over and over. In the packaging, they sent one of those small pin types reset tools and there is a reset hole on the back. I tried that, it seemed to work. It got right to the point of trying to update the firmware and then it just failed over and over. I finally got frustrated, reset it again, couldn’t get it and went to bed after messing with it for an hour. I woke up the next morning to it being “online”. I tried to do the firmware update again and after 2 tries, it worked!

    Next, came the cameras. To pair them, you have to go into the app, start to add the camera, it says to put it less than 1m from the Homebase. You then press the “sync” button on the back of the homebase. Again, this, for me was a multi-attempt for each camera. Each camera taking 2-3 times to actually get setup. Not that huge of a deal but there may be some improvements in the setup that can be accomplished with further firmware updates. I did charge both cameras to full before starting because they advertise 365 Day battery life. The mounts make it easy to remove them, bring them in and charge them.

    Now, let’s get to the good stuff. These are amazing cameras! They do they have 2K resolution which you can change from High, Medium, Low and Auto. I chose Auto as it is adaptive to the available bandwidth. They also have very customizable Motion Detection capability. You can select “All Motion” or “Human” motion. This is helpful when I let the dog out or the wind is blowing but there is not physical person there. The really cool thing here to is that if you have either set and it grabs the clip and defines the “motion” it will tell you it’s “Human”. It will also grab its best attempt at capturing the actual Face of the person! This is so cool and worked very well in grabbing mine or my wife’s face in the clips. This is probably the coolest security feature that I have seen. If you have intruders, it will give you as good a shot at their face that it can.

    This comes with other very neat features. It has 16GB (about 14.7GB usable) of internal storage that will store your clips. You can manage this storage from within the app. The other cool feature that I didn’t use but you can is the ability to attach to NAS storage. If you have a NAS device on your network, you can set it up for those clips to be stored there, thereby greatly increasing the storage capability.

    Night Vision is great on these. Audio is on par with other security cams, there is a delay, but it is understandable. The notifications to my phone were really fast and viewing the clips remotely via the app worked flawlessly. You can setup other users to have access here so I plan to give my wife access to it as well so if I am traveling, she can get the same notifications.

    Things I really like: Human vs all motion, configurable motion zones, great video quality in day and night, military grade encryption. They are also certified as IP67 Weatherproof.

    Things I struggle with: Setup was a struggle but got through it. I was able to setup the Eufy Security on Alexa but cannot seem to setup the cameras, it doesn’t have the Eufy in their list and couldn’t discover them. Also, it says that the Homebase can work like a wifi extender? How, it seems to have to stay plugged directly into my wifi router? Can I remove it from the router once setup? The manual says nothing about this. I even logged into the support site and no luck, the only docs there are pdfs of what is in the box.

    Overall, I really love the quality of these and would recommend them highly. I think they have some setup issues to address and doc’s and support could be more available than what is online. All that is easy stuff to fix. The core product is solid, as is the app.

    Jun 28, 2020 19:16
  • Review by Shanna, 10 out of 10
    Very Clear Picture

    We just installed them, but the picture is extremely clear. We are talking about switching to all eufy and get rid of our ring.

    Dec 09, 2020 12:47
  • 9.0score
    eufy Spotlight Cam Pro 2K
    Description

    Spotlight Cam Pro 2K is a completely standalone security cam that you can access via your app. No need for a Homebase, or wires, as Solocam is completely wire-free and battery-powered, so you don't have to mess with anything. Every eufy Security product is engineered to ensure your security data is kept private. Have peace of mind that you will have a secure record of everything that happens around your home. Adjust the brightness and color temperature of the spotlight in case you don’t want to wake the neighbors. Takes just minutes to install the mount using a drill and the included pack of screws. No wires or cords needed. Chat to anyone passing by—invited or not—and hear their response up to 8 meters away in real-time via Spotlight Cam Pro 2K’s two-way audio. Connect Spotlight Cam Pro 2K to the Google Assistant or Alexa for complete hands-free control of your home security. Designed to protect your home as well as your wallet, Spotlight Cam Pro 2K is a one-time purchase that combines security with convenience. Only receive the alerts which matter. Customize the area in which detection takes place to suit your home

    6 Features
  • Capture every detail: Clarity is key when it comes to keeping watch over your home. See exactly what’s happening in crisp 2K high-definition video.
  • Security that shines: As soon as the ultra-sensitive motion detector is triggered, the 600-lumen spotlight lights up any unwanted visitors.
  • Bright as day: See every detail of what’s happening outside when night falls with SoloCam L40’s advanced color night vision
  • Protecting your privacy: 8GB of secure local storage protected by 265-bit military-grade encryption keeps up to 60 days-worth of recordings and data out of the hands of digital thieves.
  • Essential alerts only: The on-device AI only notifies you when people are detected, reducing false alerts triggered by passing animals or swaying tree branches.
  • Smart Integration: Connect Spotlight Cam Pro 2K to the Google Assistant or Alexa for complete hands-free control of your home security.
  • 8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by Chuck, 8 out of 10
    Great video, WiFi reception so-so

    I decided to test this camera because I have tested and bought several types of Eufy cameras over the past several years, and I've liked them all. This camera is larger than the other cameras I have, but it's not overly large... it kind of reminds me of a robotic cyclops eye. Set up and activation was relatively simple, but I did experience some trouble when finding a suitable mounting location; the camera didn't have a good enough WiFi connection at the location I initially chose. This is the only real problem I have with the camera so far; the non-ability to use this camera with existing Eufy base stations. I have several base stations at various places in my house that act as extenders for WiFi coverage, but I thought that this camera could also be used with a base station; I mistakenly thought it had the *added* ability to work as a standalone WiFi camera, but this is not an *added* ability, it is the *only* ability. Not a show stopper, but a big surprise. Eufy support stated that they are thinking about releasing products in the future that can be used either way, but this particular camera is WiFi only. In any case, I was trying to place the camera on a screened-in porch, but it wouldn't connect to WiFi, even though there was a base station at the same location that was connecting to the same WiFi without any issue. I wound up placing a range extender in the room closest to the location so the camera could 'see' the router. Once the camera was mounted, the app allowed the same access to settings you'd expect with any other Eufy camera. As with the other Eufy cameras I have, the motion sensitivity setting works rather well, but I also usually run the cameras in 'Human' mode, and I still occasionally get false alarms; most of the time it's deer, I assume it's the legs. This camera also has the ability to record with/without the spot light. I chose to use the light, and it does illuminate the area quite nicely so that the video is in full color. The app allows the user to set the brightness as well as the hue of the light.... probably from about 3500K to 6000K. Overall, I like the camera. If you want a true standalone camera that provides great 2k color video, even at night, this camera might work for you... just make sure you can get your WiFi to where it needs to be.

    Oct 18, 2021 16:31
  • Review by SteveC, 10 out of 10
    Excellent stand alone camera

    Needed / wanted an additional security camera to cover part of our back yard and with our wired system it’s too hard to run cabling for that location I didn’t want another Ring camera as their image quality isn’t that great. I’ve been following Eufy Security’s products for a while and decided to try out their new Spotlight Cam Pro 2k camera.

    Unboxing and setup:

    The camera came very well protected in a nicely logoed box, and was very well protected. In with the camera was a USB C charging cable “no charger”, mounting bracket, mounting screws “two types” manual, some security stickers.

    The camera itself is pretty heavy for its size, mainly due to having a large battery capacity. The included bracket is your typical three hole articulated camera bracket and is plenty sturdy to hold the camera. There are two different mounting screw / anchor packets with it, one longer set and one shorter just depends on what you will be mounting it to.

    The first thing I did was to plug it into our universal charging station and let it charge overnight. The next morning I proceeded to start the setup which is really simple, “just a couple hiccups”, you do have to download the EufySecurity APP from the app store of your choosing “Android or IOS, “we use Android””. And upon opening the app it shows you how to complete the setup by pressing the top button to power on the unit and then have the software find the camera. Now this is where I ran into the first issue. You will have to make sure your Wi-Fi on your phone is set to 2.4ghz, with mine being on 5ghz it wouldn’t connect “easily fixed”, then the app displays a barcode on your phone and just hold that up to the camera for it to see and it sets up the camera. That’s where the second issue came in, once it would scan the barcode the app just sat there with a spinning “Wait” wheel and nothing happened. But If I closed the app completely “not just minimized it” then reopened the camera was there and ready to go.

    I initially used a tripod “same screw pattern as my DSLR”, to try it out and find just the right place to mount it and set it outside for testing. The app has plenty of settings and you can pick from just “Human” alerts or anything. Plus you can set the image quality “ours is set at max 2k” and motion detection area. I had also accidentally left it out during one of our monsoon storms, the wind and pouring rain didn’t seem to bother it a bit. Surprisingly there weren’t any false alerts during the storm which I figured there would be with everything blowing around and rain pouring down “didn’t catch the storm unfortunately either :( “.

    We were pleasantly surprised with the image quality, it’s far better than any of our Ring cameras, but it’s not quite as good as our hard wired 4k cameras. It’s really closer to the 4k quality than the 1080 of the Ring cameras, just no comparison there. The image is also has a very wide angle and covers almost what two of our 4k cameras cover so a single camera will cover quite a bit of area. The Ring spotlight has a wider angle, but that really hurts overall image quality and you can see the difference in our test pics.

    I really like how the app will take a snapshot of a person caught in the video, it’s generally nice and clear and easy to make out just who it is for identification purposes. The B&W night vision works really well also “although there are visual red IR leds that anyone can see “not bright but noticeable”, which may also help be a deterrent. The white spotlight is more of a flood light and it’s nice and bright, plus you can change the color temperature from warm to cool and adjust brightness to your liking. The speaker is reasonably loud, it seems to be clearer than our Ring spotlight cam, and the microphone, while watching a clip or viewing live video is much clearer than the Ring, “big thumbs up to Eufy for that one”. The siren isn’t exactly loud, but it’s loud enough to give anyone a good start and hopefully make them run away.

    Conclusion:

    If you don’t have a way to easily run wiring for a dedicated wired system this is going to be a great camera for you. You do have to remember to mount it where it’s easily accessed so you can either take down to charge or to hook up the charging cable by extension cord and adapter. I saw that Eufy is making a solar panel for this and I believe that’s what we’ll be adding as I want to put it up a little higher but don’t want to have to get the ladder every few months to charge, “Eufy says up to 4 months”.

    The image quality is surprisingly good day or night “we won’t use color night vision as it requires the spot light” and the 8gb of internal storage is enough for a lot of clips “it’s non removable or upgradeable” but plenty for the average consumer.

    This is such a simple system to install and set up, any home owner should be able to set it up and mount it. Plus Eufy makes doorbell cameras and other cameras you could pair with this to make a complete home monitoring system. For the price and not have to deal with trying to run cabling Eufy has come up with a great camera.

    Oct 13, 2021 16:38
  • Review by Wishkid, 10 out of 10
    Another Eufy Hit

    The SoloCam L40 is another great product from Eufy. Like my other Eufy devices this one also came nicely packed. The way they packed their products differentiates from the rest. This device is a 2K security wireless camera with a spotlight. It has a built-in rechargeable battery and is IP67 weatherproof. This camera is packed with other more features besides the one I mentioned. It comes with two way audio and siren, human detection and motion zones and more. When you get the device out of the box you will notice it is not tiny and it has little weight to it. It is very nicely constructed and does not feel cheap at all.

    Setting it up is easy but I encountered some issues trying to get it connected with my WiFi. This camera is wireless but it only uses 2.5ghz band. Like after the third try I finally got it hooked up. The process is simple using the Eufy security app, add your device, hit the pair button on the camera, scan the QR code provided on your phone with the camera and that's pretty much it. This camera is outdoors and the best part is that it can be mounted pretty much anywhere since you don’t require cables. The spotlight is actually very bright and the color temperature can be adjusted with the app

    The 2K images are sharp and colorful and with a 150 wide angle view it covers a lot. The image can also be adjusted to 1080p if you wish. The night vision works like a charm and the images also look good. This camera promotes color night vision and it works and the images are really good but there’s a catch. You will require some light to capture those images in colour, otherwise if your location is pitch black you will not see anything. That’s why if you have the motion detection on, it will turn on the spotlight to capture that image in a really nice color. Whoever with that light turning on so often, it will drain the battery quicker. Now, if you live in a very lighted community or city you can see the image in color with no problem without the use of the spotlight.

    The microphone in this camera also works pretty well, and the speaker is loud enough to be heard. Now, that siren is very loud so loud it can be annoying and that's what you want. In the app settings you can set the spotlight to flash when the siren goes off. Built in it comes with 8GB of local storage with no expandable option. 8GB is not a lot but it will take a lot of 60sec videos to fill it up, and you're not required monthly or yearly payments. One thing that was not mentioned anywhere in the box or manual is the battery life. I have been using this cam for almost a week and so far the battery still has 96%. To recharged the battery you will have to unscrew the camera from the mount making it a bit of a hassle to charge.

    Something I notice within the motion detection sensitivity default to medium is that the video was captured kind of late. If you want the video to capture video almost as soon as it detects a motion you have to set sensitivity to the max. This camera can be used with Google assistant and Alexa. I use it with my Google assistant and it works like a charm. The camera shows as a light, on the Google home app in which you can turn on and off. To trigger and view the camera you have to summon it or activate manually from the Google Home display.

    Overall you can't go wrong with this camera that works as intended with great images, tons of features, local storage with no monthly fees and backup by reputable company Eufy/Anker who has made the best smartlock in the market. In the box you get the L40 camera, USB-C cable ( not too long btw), screw mount, mounting screws, warning labels, and manuals.

    Oct 12, 2021 22:46
  • Review by Goncho, 10 out of 10
    Awesome monthly-fee free security camera

    >> Overview

    I am glad I chose the Eufy Spotlight Cam Pro 2K. It is easy to configure, there are several options to detect motion, record video, determine activity (detection) zone, among others. It comes with 8GB of storage space, enough to record events for several weeks (well if there are not too many events). The alerts (videos) are easily accessible through the Eufy App. Since it is wireless and battery operated, it can be easily moved as needed to find the perfect location to capture the activity outside the house. As advertised, there are no monthly payments for having the device, data is stored in the device itself so no need for a Cloud Service.

    - Pros: Customizable with several options, wireless, battery operated, no monthly fee, 2K video.

    - Cons: a little heavy, protrudes a little too much after installation.

    >> Installation and Setup

    The first thing to do that is recommended in the booklet is to charge the camera for several hours. In my case, I decided to first configure the camera to make sure all was fine and then fully charge and install it outside.

    For setting it up, I downloaded the Eufy App, chose to add the device (SoloCam), selected the wireless network I wanted to use, and used the QR scanning code to put in front of the camera for it to be automatically configured. Once the basic configuration was done, I used the Eufy Phone App to customize the camera and review a few indoor alert videos. Next, I let it charge overnight.

    After setting it up and making sure the camera recorded fine and it was fully charged, I proceeded to attach it to the backyard shed about 7 feet above ground. The package came with screws that I used to secure the device to the upper front side of the backyard shed. This is not the final location, but to make sure things were working fine, I wanted to place it somewhere where it would be able to detect animals (I saw some signs of animal activity in the backyard). The only complaint I have is that the camera can only be tilted/rotated in one axis, when you see the camera base/support you’ll find you cannot freely move in all directions once everything is secure in place. Nevertheless, the camera lenses are wide enough to capture a large horizontal area, which means that you’ll only need to tilt the camera vertically to adjust it to detect things closer to the base/ground.

    >> Video recording

    The default video length is 20 secs clips, this can be changed to 60 secs or even customize it more. The camera has 8GB of storage, which should be sufficient to record clips of activity throughout several weeks (if there isn’t too much activity when the camera is on). So far, the quality has been great, at 2K things are distinguishable.

    I noticed that if the camera was configured to Color Night recording, and if I chose live view, I’d need to turn on the Camera-light to see anything on my phone screen, otherwise live view would just show a black screen. That is why I decided to keep the BlackAndWhite Night recording option on.

    >> Other thoughts

    Once installed, it protrudes a little too much, the arm is a little too long, perhaps having it shorter and closer to the wall would look better. Adding its size, it is noticeable to the eye, well it can act as deterrent I’d think.

    One very positive aspect is that its wireless capabilities seem great, I can easily connect to it from the Phone App and watch the videos.

    This is my first impression of the camera after a few days of use. I am giving it a 5-star rating based on this preliminary experience, I might change my position as time goes by and as I get to experiment with other similar devices, but so far, this device hasn’t disappointed me.

    Oct 15, 2021 05:41
  • Review by SirGalahad, 10 out of 10
    Has Nearly Everything You'd Want/Need

    The best thing about this camera is that you don’t need to buy anything extra. It is wireless, with a built-in battery (that lasts a long time), and you don’t need to have a hub, or monthly plan. As the device has a small memory card (8 GB emmc that isn’t removeable) that holds all the information. So, it’s a true one-time purchase with zero hidden cost. Which is hard to find on a lot of cameras these days.

    SETUP:

    It’s simple, you log into the Eufy App and it walks you through the setup process. It comes with a mounting sticker to make it easy to predrill the holes. Using your phone and the Eufy app, you can figure out the best angle, set up zones, and other things. It almost takes longer to gather the tools (screwdriver, camera, mount, screws, and ladder) than it does to set it up and get it working.

    FEATURES/PROS/CONS:

    - You can adjust how warm/cool the Spotlight is (4,000 – 6,000K). Which I like so I can match it with my other outdoor lights. So, it doesn’t stick out like a sore thumb. This spotlight can also turn on automatically with motion, manually, or not at all. Users choice. It is pretty bright at 600 lumens which surrounds the lens. It will easily light up a person if they are close (~12 feet). The night vision is also solid and very clear.

    - You can set up zones of where it should or shouldn’t pick up alerts. Alerts are delivered quickly to your phone. Faster than most. You have two settings of it picking up ANY movement or just people. If you have it on any movement, you will get destroyed by alerts as it picks up everything (which is a good thing). So, I left mine on just human detection. Which is extremely accurate. It even takes a little snapshot of their face automatically in case you need it. But I do wish there were more AI or features here. As I really like cameras that can tell if it is a human, package, animal, car, etc. which this cannot.

    - It has a two-way speech feature. So, you can talk to someone and they can talk to you. There is a slight delay but nothing terrible. Dialogue can be picked up from 8 meters away. Or so, they say. My testing showed that was true as the conversation I spied on had very clear audio and it was easy to understand.

    - Can control through Amazon Alexa or Google Assistant. I wish more things worked with Apple Home.

    - It charges via USB C. Which is awesome. However, it takes 8-hours to charge fully which is brutal.

    - IP67 rating. Meaning rain, shine, or snow it’ll be just fine.

    - I am a bit confused. As the Eufy app says it can record in “2K HD high resolution with high compression encoding format” or “Full HD (1080p) resolution with H.264 encoding format” but they report this is a 1080p camera not a 1440p one. So, I’m confused. If it’s a 2k camera then the image quality is above average but not great. If it’s 1080p it’s great.

    - Accuracy of reports is one of the best that I’ve seen. It’s excellent. Only beaten by one other camera I own.

    - Can activate a siren if you want. They report it goes up to 90 dB.

    - I wish you could get on a computer and check alerts. However, you limited to doing it directly through the app only.

    CONCLUSION:

    I’m a big fan of Eufy as they do a great job with their products. They are solid, well built, look great, and have great battery life. I find the picture quality to be above average. Alerts are accurate and quick. I just wish they were “smarter” by telling me if it was a human, animal, car, etc. instead of just getting any motion alert or human. There are a lot of settings that you can mess with if you wish. It would also be nice to have a computer app to check instead of doing it on my phone. Not having to buy a monthly service and having everything local without wires is fantastic. Easy recommendation.

    Oct 13, 2021 12:21
  • Review by AKK1, 10 out of 10
    The easiet install EVER!

    This is hands down the easiest security camera install ever!

    The eufy Spotlight Cam Pro 2K is a great spotlight security camera that is built well and has a responsive app with no delays.

    The install including fixing the bracket to the wall took less than 5 minutes (that included removing the old camera)

    setup: the setup is very straight forward and took about 3 minutes.

    the app didn;t struggle to find the wifi signal or to connect to it, it actually did it on the first try (be mindful that the app only uses 2GHZ wifi signal)

    Features: the Eufy is loaded with great features including but not limited to setting up zones, choosing a color profile for low light and night recording, setting a zone to focus on (in case the camera faces a street and you don't want to get bombarded with useless notifications), different light modes from warm to cool, and 2 different video recording profiles.

    The feature that stood out to me the most is that it tracks faces and snaps a picture of the faces and saves it in case you need a close up in the event of an emergency.

    battery life is decent and the camera is well priced.

    looks: the camera protrudes and is very visible as its bigger than your average security camera and heavier, but I dont mind that at all.

    the spotlight is more than efficient.

    I would totally recommend this camera.

    Oct 18, 2021 05:29
  • Review by Santy41, 10 out of 10
    Awesome security camera

    This wireless camera is another great security product from Eufy. The camera has lots of features that I really needed for my home like color night vision, siren and flashlight spotlight alarm, weatherproof , human detection, customize activity zones, adjustable brightness, live view and recording, instant notification through the app, two way audio and all the videos shows crystal clear with it’s 2K resolution. It’s a little heavy with 1.83 pounds but I’m sure that means that it has a great battery that will last long charged, also works great with Alexa and Google home. The Spotlight is super bright and you can adjust from warm to cool color temperature from the app. Using the night vision it’s great with its setting to watch the video either in black & white or color night vision. The only thing that I wish this camera will included on the settings was the Geofencing like they have it on their doorbell, that way is so much easier for the devise to detect when your home or away but I’m sure Eufy will update their firmware someday and add the Geofencing.

    Oct 15, 2021 04:03
  • Review by HBCUgrad13, 10 out of 10
    Added Security Value

    Out of the many cameras that I have used, the Eufy Spotlight Cam has become my favorite. Video quality is very crisp and clear even in night mode (even without the spotlight). By default, video quality was 2K so I didn't need to make any adjustments. Live feeds are retrieved instantaneously, connection is stable, and app commands execute quickly. The most important feature of any camera is motion detection. I received alerts in a very timely manner when anything abnormal was detected. Battery life is great. However, I feel that this camera is best served in low traffic areas to preserve battery life since the camera must be unscrewed to be charged. Yet, this problem can be mitigated if you decide to charge via solar panel. The size of camera is another great feature as well. It's large enough to capture a wide field of view, but small enough to not be an outside eyesore. Truthfully, I wish I could replace all of my outside cameras with this product.

    Oct 12, 2021 21:03
  • 9.0score
    33
    The LEGO Movie 2: The Second Part [Blu-ray] [2019]
    Description

    "Set again in Bricksburg, this sequel to The Lego Movie(2014) sees the inhabitants need to once more save their city from trouble, this time in the form of destructive visitors from outer space, LEGO DUPLO®. In order to defend their city and beat this new enemy, an intergalactic adventure will begin for Emmet (Chris Pratt), Lucy (Elizabeth Banks), Batman (Will Arnett) and the others as they travel through space. Directed by Mike Mitchell."~Clare Perez-Izaguirre Lopez

    8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by ArtJ, 4 out of 10
    Wasn’t great as the first. 3D felt flat, no Atmos.

    -Feature:

    Had few funny moments but not as much as the first. They tried way to hard this time around.

    Pros:

    -Picture; 3D availability.

    -Sound; 5.1 DTS-HD Master Audio had tons of demo reference, low end frequencies that really subbed the woofers in a really good way. The explosions & pounds are top notch! I up-mixed the surround to DTS:X simulation.

    -Digital Copy; Yes.

    Cons:

    -3D; Lacked even for an OLED where it shines. Some depth but not enough. No pop outs or enough demential effect.

    -Sound; No Atmos even on the 3D disc which is the biggest led down. The biggest reason I got it thinking both were on the 3D disc. Only on the 2D disc which defeats the purpose of my buying 3D & not cheap too. It’s discouraging to watch it twice back to back to listen to the Atmos track which should’ve been in the 3D version in the first place.

    -Digital Copy; limited. Only HD, no 4K Dolby Vision/Atmos full version upgrade.

    -Slipcover; No lenticular cover.

    -Gear used for sound & visuals:

    LG 65’ C6P 4k/3D passive OLED (manually calibrated)

    9.2 Onkyo RZ + pre amp for 7.2.4/11.2 (integrated calibrated then manually tweeted with SPL sound level meter & balance/adjust for full dynamic range)

    Klipsch Reference Premier towers

    center

    sides

    rears

    dual R112SW subs

    Polk Audio MC80 8’ quad in-ceiling heights

    Oppo 4K UDP-203

    Monster cables: Premium Black Platinum HDR HDMIs, THX Audio RCA, Digital Subwoofer Cables & Fiber Optic Ultra 1000

    Monoprice 14 gauge awg copper speaker wire

    Nakamichi Speaker Plugs

    Auralex Acoustic Isolation platforms

    May 10, 2020 20:01
  • Review by Fajah310, 10 out of 10
    This songs gonna get stuck inside your head!

    Cute sequel, and a nice addition to my collection.

    Mar 27, 2021 22:50
  • Review by Razmotaz, 8 out of 10
    Another Great Lego Movie!!!

    This Movie Was Great, Batman Was So Funny I Was Just Laughing Every Time He Spoke. Great 3D Effects Loved It.

    Jul 16, 2019 18:42
  • Review by doc8998, 10 out of 10
    Lightning (mostly) recaptured in a bottle

    The original Lego Movie remains an ingenious, beloved film that brilliantly mashed up humor for both the target audience of youngsters and the adult parents that brought them to the theater to watch it.

    The Lego Movie 2 is another fun romp with Emmet, Wyldstyle, Batman, Unikitty, and company.

    As the aforementioned parent to a youngster who loves the Lego movies, and who enjoys them just about as much, who also greatly appreciates the consistent acknowledgments in the humor for us older moviegoers, the Lego Movie 2 largely continues that tradition. It continues, quite valiantly, the same quantity of humor for the parents, but the quality, for the first time among their big budget releases, staggered a bit. It's not all misses, but it's not all hits, either. Hopefully, this is a one-off rather than the beginning of showing cracks in the foundation with the well running dry.

    In that regard, the effort was appreciated, it was just a shame more of the attempts didn't stick the landing.

    On the kid's side of the film, my son enjoyed it very much. The efforts here paid off much more than on the aforementioned parents' side, but... and I have to state that it's both to be expected with such a near-perfect film such as the original, AND it's not nearly a "miss" that should be concerning, but even here, the kids' side didn't quite resonate as strongly with my son. Enjoy it, he most certainly did, but the continuation of joy after the credits rolled didn't last nearly as long.

    I think a good portion of this is due to more predictability. There isn't much here that will come as a genuine surprise, despite several attempts. It's almost all easy to figure out where it's going- again, not due to a lack of attempt (while my son, at age 5, didn't audibly state "he knew that" (which he does at a (non)shockingly high rate, nowadays, lol,)) he also wasn't floored by any of it, and the adults will quickly see the clues, it's just THAT LITTLE of a "letdown" that it's impossible not to compare it, rather than view it as a continuation, to the original.

    Now, let none of this scare you off. On a whole, LM2 is a worthy film to add to the collection, to keep as one of those rarely listed family films that truly is designed to entertain the ENTIRE family. It has a hard time keeping up with the original, and what film wouldn't? But, considering its pedigree, it can't help but be just a bit of a letdown in that regard.

    In 4K, and this is also important, some of the best usage currently available is found in animation. Lego Movie 2 looks downright gorgeous, particularly combined with HDR. Plenty of brilliant uses of lighting and color really pop here, and if you have the setup for it, it's the best way to enjoy the movie.

    May 21, 2019 15:17
  • Review by ihavetoomanymovies, 10 out of 10
    Kids love this movie

    The kids love this movie. Got this one because it was the only one that had a dvd and electronic copy (for the older car and iPad).

    Oct 19, 2021 21:17
  • Review by VandyPrice, 8 out of 10
    A Wonderful Ode to Imagination

    It was a given The LEGO Movie would eventually get a sequel, but it's kind of crazy it took five years for that sequel to actually happen. That said, Warner Bros. has certainly expanded the LEGO brand by giving LEGO Batman his own feature as well as delivering their only misstep thus far, The LEGO Ninjago Movie. And while there was some trepidation going into this delayed, but inevitable sequel given original directors Phil Lord and Chris Miller were no longer at the helm there was some hope given it was still their minds that conjured up the screenplay. Thankfully, Trolls director Mike Mitchell was brought on board and has successfully converted Lord and Miller's screenplay into a sequel that keeps things in step with if not necessarily surpassing the original. Of course, given the precedent set for the original and what it turned out to be versus the raised bar for the sequel and what it has turned out to be-that's a solid accomplishment and a resounding endorsement. That is to say, upon initially hearing there was going to be a movie based solely around the LEGO brand and the toys and properties they owned it seemed obvious the eventual movie would turn out to be little more than a cash grab; nothing more than one big commercial, if you will. To expect this was ultimately foolish given the creative team behind it as Lord and Miller delivered a witty, colorful, and (per usual) meta piece of cinema that took some unexpected themes and conveyed them in a manner that allowed the children to enjoy the toys coming to life while the adults latched onto those ever fleeting moments of innocence that come with raising children and attaching certain memories to their playthings. The LEGO Movie intentionally evaded everything audiences expected it to be, disrupting the status quo and turning heads, but how was something so inventive and appropriately rowdy supposed to then follow itself up with something as conventional as a sequel? Especially given the abstract qualities of the first and having to continue the same narrative while holding tight to the themes the first film so perfectly encapsulated? It turns out, the trick is to lean into such things even further; deliver the same goods in a different package and through different techniques. And though The LEGO Movie 2: The Second Part might feel redundant in certain ideas, the ideas it's pedaling never don't need to be heard...especially when they're this creatively catchy.

    Jul 03, 2019 23:09
  • Review by LainEverliving, 10 out of 10
    As Entertaining as the First and Extra Fun in 3D

    The LEGO Movie 2 is a worthy successor to the first film and has the same charm, humor, and all-ages adventure that viewers would come to expect. Moving the story beyond the original, it again uses the classic toys and play behavior to delve into family relationships and showcases, in a gentle and sincere way, that the best games are those played together in the cooperative style that LEGO has championed for decades. Chris Pratt turns in a voice acting performance that surpasses the first film in a clever double-turn, and the rest of the cast are uniformly excellent. The jokes hit all quadrants and there's plenty to enjoy both for kids and adults throughout (though these films are probably always best appreciated by older teens/adults who remember playing with LEGOs as children, and by parents who can relate to the experiences of their children). Visually, the film continues the same imaginative invention of the other LEGO films, never bending the carefully-constructed world's reality but always finding new ways to get more pizazz out of it. The film is a treat for animation fans, with studio Animal Logic once again showcasing their unique sensibility in movement, visual design, shot staging, and overall quality. The 3D presentation adds to the visual enjoyment and helps build appreciation for the elaborate worlds and intricate action scenes the animators have created. A big thanks to Warner Brothers for continuing to support 3D Blu-Ray for the many fans and collectors, myself included, who want to own films in the same format we watched them in theaters. Bottom line, The LEGO Movie 2 is a worthy addition to any home theater library and will be entertaining for years to come.

    Oct 05, 2019 11:42
  • Review by Jinketsu87, 10 out of 10
    Fun!

    I really enjoyed the first one but this took it to a whole new level. Very enjoyable with the whole family! A must see!

    Oct 11, 2021 02:21
  • 9.0score
    GE Profile - Opal 2.0 24-lb. Portable Ice maker with Nugget Ice Production, Side Tank and Built-in WiFi - Stainless Steel
    Description

    Nugget Ice. Pellet ice. Drive-in ice. Whatever you call it, you know it's "the good ice." Now that chewable ice is available from the convenience of your countertop with the Opal 2.0 Ice Maker. It is capable of producing up to 24 lbs. of ice in 24 hours and stores up to 3 lbs. of ice at one time. The Opal 2.0 Ice Maker has WiFi connection capability and comes with the side tank attachment for 3x more ice production.

    9 Features
  • Rapid Production: Begin enjoying your first batch of ice in 20 minutes or less, with a pound of ice produced per hour
  • Opal Nugget Ice, The Good Ice: Serve up chewable, crunchable, craveable nugget ice that's ready sonic fast and retains its flavor, unlike traditional hard cubes. Refreshing pellet ice made from compacted ice flakes for the perfect cocktails, sodas and other beverages
  • 24 Pounds of Ice Per Day: Never run out of nugget ice thanks to a large capacity ice maker that makes one pound of fresh ice per day and holds up to 48 ounces at a time
  • Built-in WiFi and Voice Control: Easily pair your ice maker’s built-in WiFi with the SmartHQ app to monitor device status and schedule fresh ice. Plus, receive automatic software updates that include the latest ice maker features and access voice control capabilities through Alexa and Google
  • Water Tank: Eliminate the need for an outside water source with an attached water supply for ice, which allows you to produce up to three times more ice and easily detaches for clean up
  • Batch Made Ice: Innovative design avoids clumping and leaks by recirculating ice melt to the water reservoir. You'll always have fresh ice on hand thanks to a smart, automatic ice maker that refills when your ice is running low
  • Fresh and Filtered Ice: Enjoy crisp, clean ice thanks to a cutting edge ice filtration system available for the lower water reservoir and compatible with the filter P4INKFILTER
  • LED Display Screen: Precision control is available at the touch of a screen thanks to an intuitive LED screen that illuminates when being used and darkens when at rest
  • Deep Cleaning Solutions: Skip the scrubbing thanks to an advanced, self-cleaning system that keeps your ice maker free of mold and mildew with a built in UV light that has the ability to limit bacteria
  • 8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by MovieMinute, 8 out of 10
    This IS the ONE

    Looking for the soft crunchy ice? Similar to that found at your favorite restaurants... this is it! We LOVE the ice this product produces! It’s so good - we no longer use our refrigerator ice maker except to fill ice chest on trips. This machine makes ice pretty quickly and has kept up with our demand without any problem (thus far).

    For the less than perfect product points -these should be considered. 1) This machine is pretty loud when making ice. In a smaller home - this could be considered annoyingly loud. 2) There is no cooling mechanism to keep the ice cold once made. It will melt (some) and will be recaptured and made back into ice again. 3) This appliance is expen$ive! As much as we love the ice produced - when I say the cost we paid aloud - I question my priorities some. One can buy a full (used) refrigerator with ice maker at this price point.

    My biggest concern (and reason for my title used ) is I have a long history in being disappointed in the quality of GE products. I have since moved to purchasing other brands when having that option. My normal go-to appliance manufacturers do NOT make this type of ice maker. So this is the ONE for me. An opportunity for GE to have made that one quality product that sways me to think they are on their A Game. Time shall tell. I hope this appliance meets my reasonable expectations. db

    Jan 24, 2021 09:12
  • Review by Titan5178, 8 out of 10
    The best ice...but a bit noisy!

    I’ve been wanting one of these for quite some time and now even more so that we spend so much time at home because such is life in 2020. You really can’t beat that “Sonic” ice for soda, tea, mixed drinks, really anything.

    Couldn’t ask for more as far as the actual ice goes. It supplies soft chewable ice for our family of four. We use it all day long and it makes plenty for us. I need to refill the side tank reservoir about once a day. As far as I know, it only supports the side tank, you are not able to connect it directly to a water line, but the tank is easy enough to fill.

    The machine itself is bulky and quite heavy. It is no more “portable” than a countertop microwave. Yes, you could move it from room-to-room but it’s not something you are going to want to do often, if at all. If you place it in your kitchen it will take up a significant amount of counter space and we only have about 2 inches of clearance from the bottom of our cabinets.

    The biggest downside is the amount of noise you will have to live with to enjoy this wonderful ice. I measured it at 55 dB with my Apple watch from about 5 feet away which is pretty much the center of our kitchen. Once the ice bin is full it’ll remain quiet but as soon as you open it and scoop some ice out you’re stuck listening to it for at least an hour as it makes more. In addition, about every other day it’ll emit a loud squeaking noise that can be heard throughout the house. I have yet to figure out why it does that.

    When you go to download the app to use the wi-fi feature make sure you download the Smart GE app and not the Opal app, the latter of which only works over Bluetooth. The app does require you to create a new account (ugh). Once connected, you can view the status of the ice maker and turn It on/off but that’s really about it. Useful if you forget to turn it off when you go on vacation or if you get annoyed of the noise while trying to sleep--yes, we can hear it from our bedroom.

    Pros:

    Makes nugget ice!

    Do I need to say more?

    Cons:

    Big and Heavy

    Incredibly Noisy

    Overall, the ice it makes is top-notch, and I am enjoying my summer drinks a whole lot. Quite honestly, it’s one of those things that now that I’m in-the-know I don’t think I could live without. I just wish I could have the ice without the noise.

    Jul 21, 2020 00:26
  • Review by mstanleynh, 8 out of 10
    Nugget Ice at Home!!

    The GE Profile Opal 2.0 Ice Maker is a great addition to any kitchen, bar or deck/pool area. We do have an ice maker on our fridge, but this unit is used in our bar area so we don't have to run to the fridge or use an ice bucket that can get messy. And it will keep making ice for as long as desired!

    Unboxing is easy as the top of the box slides up and over the ice maker and side tank. Once set up on the counter, GE recommends running the "cleaning" cycle 4-5 times. This process consists of filling the unit with 5 cups of water and pressing the "Clean" button for 3 seconds. The unit will run for approx. 5 minutes and shut off when complete. At that point, the water needs to be drained with the hoses on the back of the unit, and the process is then repeated.

    After cleaning, it's very quick to be up and making ice. Water is added to the onboard tank along with the optional side tank that holds an additional 96 ounces of water. Once filled, re-install the ice tray and hit the power button...voila! Ice begins to fall into the ice bin within 10 - 15 minutes. I noticed a bit of water drained out of the unit before ice was produced, but it was caught in the bin and recycled into the unit.

    We went out for a couple of hours and by the time we got back the ice bin was almost completely filled with perfect nugget ice...so cool!! We made a couple of cocktails and used the new ice which tasted great and is easy to chew if desired. Ice will continue to be produced until the bin is full or the unit is shut off. If the appliance is shut off, the ice will eventually melt and recycle back into the system. The same is true for ice in the bin while the appliance is running...if it melts, the water is collected and recycled for further ice production.

    Pros:

    - Stainless steel highlights match perfectly with other kitchen/bar appliances.

    - Super easy to set up and start making ice, and can be managed with the GE Smart HQ app.

    - Makes ice quickly and constantly until appliance is shut off or it runs out of water.

    - Additional water tank setup is great for making more ice when needed.

    - Smart HQ app is great for managing the appliance or scheduling ice production.

    - Overall design and look is very modern and the light is a great bonus.

    - Who doesn't love nugget ice!

    Cons:

    - Appliance is a bit on the loud side when running/making ice. We don't hear it as much since it's in the basement bar area.

    - A hanger for the ice scoop would be nice, but not a huge deal.

    - This is NOT a portable unit, it weighs 50 pounds, and is not something that is easily moved around.

    Overall the GE Profile Opal Ice Maker has lived up to all of its expectations, ice is produced quickly and constantly and the unit looks great. I took a star away for the noise level and the "portability" factor, otherwise I would recommend this unit!

    Jul 21, 2020 13:08
  • Review by Rangersfan, 10 out of 10
    She wanted it so I got it

    It costs much more than other ice makers. But as my grandfather told me growing up you get what you pay for.

    We have had the Opal 2.0 for about 6 weeks and we love it.

    Some people say it is too loud. However, I do not agree with that. We keep it in the kitchen and we have an open floor plan home. It does not bother us at all while in the living room.

    A HUGE PRO is you can connect it to wifi and create schedules for it to come on and off.

    Only con was s that it holds about 3 pounds of ice. I wish it could hold a little more. We bought a triple walled ice bucket. We put some in that when the Opal gets full.

    Mar 05, 2021 17:58
  • Review by GEProfileOpal, 10 out of 10
    WE LOVE IT!!!!

    So far so good!! I buy Sonic and Zaxby’s ice by the bag ... at least 2 a week.

    Read all of the instructions before you start.

    When I started making ice it ran water for a minute or so and I was a little concerned. Not to worry ice started falling shortly after. The kids could not wait, like a good mom, I let them have the first scoop.

    We started making ice about 5:30 pm yesterday and by 11:00 am today out ice bin in the freezer is full. Not to mention how much we have eaten.

    Straight out of the bin it is the perfect soft ice. Out of the freezer it is hard, (same as the bagged ice after you freeze it) my recommendation is to fill your cup and leave it for about 10-15 mins and it will soften up some.

    May 03, 2021 10:06
  • Review by KoolKel, 10 out of 10
    Highly Recommend

    This icemaker is awesome. Gift for my Husband for Christmas for our basement bar- Kool Kel's Tavern.

    It makes a ton of ice, doesn't take up a lot of space and lights up so it looks cool. The ice is small and soft so you can chomp away on it if you like to eat ice.

    It makes a some noise when making ice but nothing crazy. If you have the tv on or tunes jamming then you won't even hear it. It starts making more ice immediately as soon as you take ice out so all you have to do is keep the water reservoir on the side filled.

    Jan 23, 2021 14:47
  • Review by Melymel83, 8 out of 10
    Yummy Ice…

    Cool ice maker, nugget/sonic ice is definitely yummy & soft! The down fall is that it doesn’t have an option for its own dedicated waterline, and it’s a bit noisy. It also drips water down the front when you open the bin onto the drip pan. Things to keep in mind is that it must be kept in a well ventilated area. I built a cabinet in my kitchen just for it, and in less of a day realized how hot it was when I went to open the cabinet. I immediately relocated to my butler pantry. It’s still a good purchase, hopefully it last me a good while. I purchased in May, but kitchen was just completed so I’ve only been using it for about a month.

    Oct 18, 2021 21:53
  • Review by DWM26, 10 out of 10
    Works Great with Good Ice

    We've had this unit for about a month and are enjoying it. Our large ice machine "bit the dust" and we didn't want to spend a few thousand to replace so decided to try this one. The side tank is great for keeping extra water flowing. The ice comes out in soft nugget form. The only small issue is that if the ice piles up in the back it tells the sensor to stop making. We normally just move the ice if we see it to keep the tank full. We learned that if the machine stops making ice it will run some water before it starts again. At first we thought that was a problem with the machine then discovered it was normal. If having several guests over you'd probably want to bag the ice and freeze it in order to have plenty. There are just two of us, but probably enough ice for 4-5 if needed. Easy to clean. We use purified water since our main source is hard. Having seen that some people had problems we went ahead and purchased the extended warranty since the machine is fairly expensive. Wi-Fi doesn't do much so that's not a big selling point to me.

    Jul 31, 2021 11:10
  • 9.0score
    GE Profile - Opal 2.0 24 lb. Portable Ice maker with Nugget Ice Production and Built-In WiFi - Stainless Steel
    Description

    Nugget Ice. Pellet ice. Drive-in ice. Whatever you call it, you know it's "the good ice." Now that chewable ice is available from the convenience of your countertop with the Opal 2.0 Ice Maker. It is capable of producing up to 24 lbs. of ice in 24 hours and stores up to 3 lbs. of ice at one time. The Opal 2.0 Ice Maker has WiFi connection capability to monitor device status and schedule fresh ice.

    8 Features
  • Rapid Production: Begin enjoying your first batch of ice in 20 minutes or less.
  • Opal Nugget Ice, The Good Ice: Serve up chewable, crunchable, craveable nugget ice that's ready fast and retains its flavor, unlike traditional hard cubes. Refreshing nugget ice is made from compacted ice flakes and is perfect for cocktails, sodas and other beverages.
  • 24 Pounds of Ice Per Day: Never run out of nugget ice. This ice maker produces one pound of fresh ice per hour and has a large-capacity bin that holds up to 3lbs of crunchable nugget ice.
  • Built-in WiFi and Voice Control: Easily pair your ice maker’s built-in WiFi with the SmartHQ™ app to monitor device status and schedule fresh ice. Plus, receive automatic software updates and access voice control capabilities through Alexa and Google.
  • Batch Made Ice: Innovative design avoids clumping and leaks by recirculating melted ice to the water reservoir. You'll always have fresh ice on hand thanks to a smart, automatic ice maker that refills when your ice is running low.
  • Fresh and Filtered Ice: Enjoy crisp, clean ice thanks to an ice filtration system available for the lower water reservoir and compatible with the filter P4INKFILTR.
  • Modern Design: Innovative design and cutting-edge details enhance this clean, modern style ice maker. Sleek touchscreen illuminates while being used and goes dark when at rest, providing distraction-free functionality that fits your home.
  • Deep Cleaning Solutions: Skip the scrubbing thanks to an advanced, self-cleaning system that keeps your ice maker mold and mildew free when paired with the Opal Cleaning Kit and built in UV light that has the ability to limit bacteria.
  • 8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by Kelby, 10 out of 10
    Ice Ice Baby

    ----- Summary -----

    Verdict:

    Not all ice is created equal. I call nugget ice “Sonic ice” or “the good ice”, and having it at home is awesome. If you are looking to elevate your drinks with nugget ice or you are a chewable ice fanatic, the Opal 2.0 is for you.

    Pros:

    - Modern, high-quality design

    - Makes nugget ice quickly

    - Quiet operation

    - Wi-Fi connectivity

    Cons:

    - No app push notifications

    ----- Details -----

    Design:

    With its elegant design, the Opal 2.0 looks great wherever you put it. For now, I have mine on top of my mini-fridge in the basement, but I will eventually be building a bar, and this ice maker will be the perfect addition. It is by far the most stylish ice maker I have seen. At the top, you will find the touchscreen controls: power, light (on, dim, off), and clean. You will also find the status indicators, which show if it is making ice, defrosting, cleaning, water needs to be added, and if Wi-Fi is connected (for app features - more on that later). Much of the Opal ice maker’s exterior is high-quality stainless steel and having the controls, status indicators, and ice bin all illuminated is a nice touch that completes the Opal’s modern design which is sure to please.

    Setup:

    Included in the box are an owner’s manual, quick start guide, drip tray, and a scoop. Before first use, there are cleaning instructions to follow but thankfully they are easy and do not take long at all. The only steps required are to rinse the ice bin, water reservoir, and internal components. The bin should be washed with warm soapy water and the water reservoir should just be wiped with a damp sponge or cloth. Rinsing the internal components is a more extensive process that involves circulating five cups of water and one teaspoon of bleach through the machine using the ‘Clean’ button, then draining it and repeating the process three times with fresh water. Once complete, I filled the water reservoir with fresh water again, touched the power button, and the first ice-making process began. I appreciated that all the steps were outlined in detail with diagrams in the quickstart guide. Pairing the ice maker with the SmartHQ app was easy as well. Since this was my first appliance compatible with the app, I created an account, then I added the Opal Nugget Ice Maker, followed the on-screen instructions, and held the power and light buttons on the ice maker until the Wi-Fi indicator started flashing. After that, the app prompted me for the ice maker’s password and the last four digits of its SSID (located on the back), then I selected my Wi-Fi network, entered its password, and within a minute the ice maker was connected.

    Features & Performance:

    It is hard to say what the top feature of the Opal 2.0 ice maker is because in my mind there are two: it produces ice quickly, and it makes delightfully chewable little nuggets. Within about 20 minutes, the first batch started filling the bin (which holds up to 3lbs), and after about three hours it was full. That is the Opal’s consistent performance, so it lives up to the advertised pound of ice per hour or 24 pounds per day. Even when hosting small gatherings, there is always plenty of ice. What I find interesting and innovative about the way the Opal functions is that instead of acting as a freezer that preservers ice until it is used, it recirculates melted ice into the water reservoir so that it can be made into fresh ice. This method effectively avoids clumping and ensures that freshly made ice is always provided. I was pleasantly surprised that it does this while making ice quickly and operating quietly. What also helps the ice always taste crisp and clean is the built-in filtration system and UV sanitizing light. Every batch of ice is as good as the first, and I am a big fan of the nugget ice shape. Whether I am just drinking water or soda, or if I am making cocktails, the difference between using traditional, hard ice cubes and crunchable nugget ice is night and day. The craveable little nuggets elevate every drink. Another feature of the Opal 2.0 that is worth mentioning is the Wi-Fi connectivity which enables useful features in the SmartHQ app like setting up an ice-making schedule, checking the status, and adjusting the lighting (on, dim, off). My only wish is that there were push notifications for status changes like when it goes from “Making Ice” to “Ice Bin Full”.

    Jun 28, 2021 21:50
  • Review by Benb, 8 out of 10
    It makes the perfect ice

    An Ice maker is just what we needed during this time, and I got to see exactly what temperatures it could handle making ice in. Once your temperature gets above about 90 degrees it takes extra long to get usable ice because the first ice to land melts extremely fast. How many people will be using this indoors above 90 degrees, hopefully very few. After about an hour the ice got high enough that it was usable. So, it is still usable in hot weather, we were able to keep ice going nicely in our air-conditioned space that sat at about 96 (It hit 118 outside). At about half capacity a quarter of the ice melted overnight at 70 degrees indoors.

    If you are an ice chewer this is amazing. I love the consistency of the ice and the perfect softness that it has. It is amazing for making any type of drink you want with. This machine can actually keep up with our ice consumption unlike the one in our freezer that always runs on empty during the summer months (especially now that I work from home). If this is your only ice machine you might not be the happiest with smoothie consistency, try freezing a bag of this ice to make sure it is nice and solid at least. But that isn’t what this is designed for this is designed for those that enjoy ice. I’d fill up a large cup halfway throw in some cranberry juice, pineapple juice, maybe a little orange juice, and Caribbean rum and be ready for the sun after work. During work the last few days I’d start my day with an iced American that just hit the spot. Then I’d just keep my cup full of water with the chewable ice.

    Usability wise, there are vents on both sides so I gave it a little space on both sides. The water reservoir is a little annoying to get to, it being directly under the ice bucket and seeing the water level isn’t possible in anyway except pulling the ice bucket out a little. The app enables me to turn the device on and off, set schedules, turn the light on/off, and shows that it wants to be cleaned. Once I set it up on one device it is available on any device I log into their app on. I wish push notifications could be enabled especially for water level but if you check the app you can see when it wants you to add water. Lastly, it is a tad loud, not annoyingly loud, just noticeable.

    Jun 30, 2021 09:42
  • Review by BarackObama, 8 out of 10
    Solid Nugget Ice Maker!

    This is GE’s Nugget Ice Maker, and this ice maker does indeed make “nugget” sized ice. Many call this Sonic Ice. The ice is more chewable and tends to melt quickly in your mouth. I have found the ice to be a great compliment to most of my drinks at home. The best part about this ice is that it does not clump up! In this review, I will go into depth on my experience with GE’s Nugget Ice Maker.

    ===============================================

    IN-BOX/SET-UP:

    First, the box it shipped in did a wonderful job at protecting the ice maker. The downside to the excellent protection was that the box was awkwardly heavy. Regardless, GE did a great job at making it easy for the consumer to safely pull out the ice maker. The ice maker does come with a scoop, drip tray, quick start guide, and owner’s manual.

    Before starting the ice maker up, GE recommends that you take the ice maker through a couple of clean cycles. This is as simple as following the instructions included. There is a clean button that can be pressed to activate the cleaning cycle. I did this, and in under half an hour, I was ready to make some ice. To make ice, you need to remove the ice bin and pour water into the water reservoir. As soon as you do that, click the Power button, and the ice maker will start to make ice!

    ===============================================

    MY THOUGHTS:

     The ice maker does an excellent job at producing ice. In about 20 minutes, you can start seeing nuggets of ice. The rate is around 1lb of ice per hour.

    o The ice bin tray holds about 24 lbs. of ice.

     The ice maker uses capacitive buttons which essentially are buttons where they only require contact with the surface.

    o I didn’t run into any problems for the most part but there were a couple of times where the buttons were unresponsive. Hopefully, after

    extensive usage, they still hold up.

     The ice maker does have a built-in light. There are three modes: Off, Dim, and On

    o I love the simple, yet aesthetic of the built-in light. Kudos to GE, the light does add a nice touch to the ice maker.

     Overall noise of the ice maker is subjective. I did not find the ice maker to be too noisy. Yes, it has some noise to it but not enough to be a

    disturbance to others.

     Cleaning is probably the downside to this ice maker. GE recommends that one cleans the ice maker at least once a week. The weight of the ice maker makes this task a bit tedious.

    o You need to have access to the back of the ice maker to drain the water which in most cases does require moving it.

    o Maybe GE could implement a front drain in the future?

     The ice bin tray does not have any insulation, so if left for a while, the ice will melt back into the water reservoir.

    o I would’ve liked some insulation to keep the ice from melting but considering the water doesn’t stay in the ice bin, I’m okay with how it is.

     The Ice Maker does have Wi-Fi capabilities to allow control from your phone with the Smart HQ app

    o I’m on Android and while the app does have a nice UI, I did find the app a bit buggy.

    o I did get connected to the appliance but I never was able to control the ice maker remotely

    o The app did show the current status of the ice maker but controlling the ice maker remotely unfortunately never worked. Hopefully, GE adds some updates in the future.

    ===============================================

    CONCLUSION:

    Overall, this ice maker has been a solid addition to my kitchen. I seriously enjoy having drinks with this nugget ice. I have been using the nugget ice mostly for water, seltzers, and alcoholic drinks but I certainly do see this being a great addition to a bar if you own one. While cleaning is likely the most tedious part about this ice maker, I still do recommend you try it out. I promise you will not be disappointed.

    Jun 28, 2021 21:19
  • Review by MGoose, 10 out of 10
    Winning Combo - Nugget Ice & Wi-Fi

    My whole family loves this machine! My wife has been walking around with a cup of ice since the day we got it! The ice nuggets it produces are awesome and nothing else you can make at home competes with it. It makes drinks really cold and also works great for iced coffee.

    Pros

    - Ice nuggets are awesome. It will make you an ice snob.

    - Feels solid. Stainless steel. Sleek design. Led light for ice bin makes seeing the level easy and looks great.

    - Easy to use. Controls are straight forward. Status is displayed clearly on the front panel.

    - The iPhone app and Wi-Fi connections work great. Even when you are away you can easily turn it off and on, set up a schedule for making ice later, adjust the ice bin light and see the status (off, add water, ice bin full, making ice). I do wish it would warn me when it needs more water, but it is not a big issue.

    - Fits nicely on my counter, no issue clearing the upper cabinets (with 1.5 inches to spare) and it is exactly the same width as my 4-slice toaster.

    - Easily makes enough ice to keep up with my family of five. The 1lb of ice per hour in the specs seems spot on.

    - Includes an ice scoop and a removable drip tray.

    - Does not require a water connection. Giving you more choices on where you locate it and what water goes into it.

    Things to Consider

    - When making ice there is a low whirring noise. It is not loud but is noticeable in a quiet room.

    - The water reservoir is below the ice bucket - meaning you must remove it to add more water. We like the thinner profile, but we love this machine so much we are wondering if we should have gotten the one with the side tank!

    - The Wi-Fi setup is not in the instructions - you download the app and it guides you thru the process. Tip : To set up Wi-Fi you need the ID and password on the back of the machine (I didn't realize that until I had slid it in to place).

    - While the machine is considered "portable", because it does not require a water connection - it weighs just under 39lbs empty and has no handles. I recommend locating it near a sink or drain. The manual recommends cleaning the internals once a week with a bleach/water mixture and as part of this procedure you must fill/drain the machine 3 times. It also recommends draining it when you do not intend to use it for a few days.

    Jun 27, 2021 20:04
  • Review by MoonMusic, 10 out of 10
    OH! So nICE nuggets

    This is my SECOND Opal ice maker — aka GE nugget ice maker. I did lots of research to get the good (most) and the worst (a few) reviews. But I chose this unit because it is SOLID —- and sturdy. The first model did develop a bit of a loud churning sound by the second year. This new GE version has been notably quieter. I recommend getting the one with a side tank — ‘cause this produces baby nuggets faster than chickens produce eggs. The drawer is sturdy. Did I mention the unit is heavy . . . Not easily moved — so find a place to keep it for as long as needed. I can’t use on a counter since my cabinets were crafted in the 1930s before standardized sized cupboards, so I use a side table that holds both main unit and side tank. I wish I ordered the side tank. I am able to use the original side tank — knocked it over, glued it. And ordered an additional side tank to keep on hand. OH so nice ICE! There are less expensive models of nugget ice makers, but I wasn’t willing to take a chance on the “imitation” since this is was powerful, dependable model. AND — use bottled water or distilled water in conjunction with your tap water, because calcium WILL form and make the ice maker require more cleaning —- and it may not work properly. Buy this and finally chew ice with ease!

    Aug 13, 2021 19:53
  • Review by ReeRee, 10 out of 10
    Love it!

    I was never really an ice fan until I got this unit!! Every drink has ice nuggets in it. I bought it bcuz my fridge ice taste terrible & ruined my drinks, this has been a life saver! I heard it make a noise once, hasn't dont it again. Ive had it less than a month & have had to clean it already. I only use bottled water in the unit. WiFi enabling is cool! It is kinda big, just make sure you have the room for it. My husband loves it as well. I make lots of ice & then freeze it.

    Aug 13, 2021 16:48
  • Review by Fordman9870, 10 out of 10
    GREAT NUGGET!!

    My first impression of the nugget ice maker was, MAN this is huge. It weighs about 47 lbs. and is 16 by 10 by 15. So make sure you have plenty of counter space for this beast (3 inch air clearance needed). But then again it has to be big in order to have enough horse power to be able to make 24 lbs. of ice a day.

    The instructions are straight forward, after cleaning the system. I ran my first test and added about 9 cups of water and started the machine. Within about 20 minutes I had about ½ a cup of wet nuggets, but future ice was perfect until it was full. When the ice melts it will go back to the water tank and be made in to ice again. The water will flow back through a filter that GE says to change every 3 months.

    The instructions say there is a built in UV light to help with cleaning and to keep bacteria at a minimum, but I couldn’t find much else on the web about this process.

    If you are in a high humidity area, the unit will defrost itself while it is making ice. I had this happen to me so it delayed the making of ice for about 20 plus minutes, then it continued.

    The sound it makes when on, can be a little loud. I would liken it to a newer dishwasher sound or hum.

    I also did notice this thing can put off some heat when making ice. We have a medium size kitchen and I could feel the heat every time I walked by was a few degrees warmer.

    When the ice was made, I couldn’t keep it full as my daughters will fill their cups to the top so my machine ran nonstop all day the first day. The tray hold up to 3lbs of ice.

    Cleaning is a snap, put in your cleaning solution and just hit the button, when done unhook and drain the tubes in the back and run 3 more plain water cycles through it.

    So if you have the space, don’t mind a little noise, this is a great nugget maker that will have many miles put on it in a short time at our house.

    If you want there is the option to join your opal to your network via the SmartHQ app. for updates and Status of your machine.

    It actually let me know when it needed water and was making ice. I was able to start ice making when I was away and knew I was going to need ice. GREAT feature!!

    I can also turn the light on or dim for the tray.

    If I need ice just on certain days I can actually set up a schedule to turn it on and off.

    I love my ice now with everything I drink, and it doesn’t melt fast as you would think in the tray.

    The ice is just right for chewing, it isn’t too wet or too crunchy (like bust your teeth tuff).

    Everyone needs the “Good Ice”.

    I would recommend this to friends and family

    Jul 06, 2021 15:16
  • Review by KMont1234, 10 out of 10
    What a "Cool" machine!

    The Opal 2.0 has so far been a great machine. It makes the great crunchy ice that you get from some fast-food restaurants.

    Set-up was fairly simple. Slimmer then I expected (which is good for counter space). The instructions were clear on how to clean the unit. Took a few minutes to run. Connecting the ice maker to WiFi and the SmartHQ app was easy as well. It uses the same app that my GE appliances are connected to so everything is in one place.

    Now for the ice making. It's awesome. For parties, this will work out perfect. After filling up the water reservoir, ice will start popping out after maybe 30 minutes. But to fill the entire ice tray you'll need to wait a few hours. Luckily you can start making ice through the app and even schedule it to start at a certain time. I'm extremely happy with it.

    If you crave the crunchy nugget ice, the Opal 2.0 makes it with no problems. The quality seems great and I hope it'll last for years.

    Jun 30, 2021 04:29
  • 9.0score
    eufy - IndoorCam Mini - White
    Description

    Make a smart solution to upgrade your home security to IndoorCam Mini. Never second-guess what you see in clear 2K resolution, and give yourself control with pan and tilt functions to monitor your home’s most vital areas. IndoorCam Mini features On-Device AI Human Detection, a technology that identifies humans in the frame and only sends you the notifications that matter. After returning home, you can turn on Home Privacy Mode, which turns off the camera and rotates it to your preferred privacy angle. Best of all, there’s no monthly fee after your purchase.

    9 Features
  • 2K Resolution: Stop guessing and know with exact certainty what’s happening inside your home.
  • 24/7 Recording: IndoorCam Mini never stops recording, ensuring that your property is always monitored, no matter what time of day or night.
  • Pan & Tilt: Check all the hidden corners inside your house to ensure nothing sneaks past you.
  • Home Privacy Mode: Instead of unplugging IndoorCam Mini, use Home Privacy Mode to turn off the camera and rotate it to your preferred privacy angle.
  • On-Device AI Human Detection: This innovative technology detects when a human enters the frame and cuts back on annoying false alarms.
  • Noise-Activated 360° Pan: IndoorCam Mini detects suspicious activity, activates the recording, and rotates 360° to capture any potential threat.
  • Motion Tracking: Any movement is followed and recorded, ensuring that you never miss the key details if someone walks out of frame.
  • Subscription Free Security: IndoorCam Mini comes with local storage, so you won’t have another monthly bill piling up on your kitchen table.
  • Smart Integration: Easily connect to Alexa and the Google Assistant to keep your home devices bundled together.
  • 8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by MnstrMike, 10 out of 10
    Mini Camera, Grande Features

    Install took a couple of tries but finally got it going.

    I didn’t realize that this is not compatible with the Homebase2 and so the camera cannot utilize the HomeBase2 storage or the easy arming when setting the security system (this is also the same for the Solo Series of cameras).

    Storage options are Local via MicroSD on the camera or cloud. It comes with a 7-day trial of cloud so it will work out of the box, but I found it was a little slow.

    If you already have a Eufy Camera then this will show up on the dashboard right next to it, but when you select the Security tab you will be presented with more than one camera to arm. In my case I have a HomeBase2 with 3 cameras, entry sensors, and motion detectors all linked. Then a SoloCam and now the IndoorCam Mini.

    The more Eufy products I use, the more I wish they would utilize the Android Widgets. I get that it maybe a little less secure if you don’t run a system lock on your phone/device, but I would like that to be my option, but I haven’t found a security system yet that has this option.

    The camera has all the same settings and then some compared to the EufyCam line I am already using adding in the ability to pan, tilt, and zoom.

    Placement will definitely be key for your needs. I have found that it does not like the spot I have it placed in. It is a short wall with a staircase on one side and then a hallway on the other. When walking from one to the other, the camera is very slow to respond and track. The installation diagram recommends facing out of a corner, but I didn’t know that before selecting the device as my intended use location does not give me that option.

    During setup it asks how high the camera will be placed and gives a recommendation of height if you will be wanting to watch animals via the camera. If so, that height is lower than for traditional purposes. I have mine set on a small end table at about 28” above the floor. For animals it recommends 25”-50” to track. During one of my times I was away, the dog jumped on the couch that camera is facing. It picked up that clearly. But then when the dog jumped down later at some point, it never tracked and recorded the motion. So not sure why it didn’t capture the movement of the dog leaving the couch.

    Overall it is a pretty neat camera; placement is key. It does come with a mount to be installed on a wall or ceiling. However, you do have to provide power to it, so not sure how you would do that in the ceiling. It is very light, so if you wanted to install in some sort of ceiling tile, it would not be too much weight for it.

    If you want it completely off while you are home, it has a Privacy button in the app that turns the camera to face the wall and kills the feed from the camera.

    Adding in the MicroSD card is about the biggest gripe I have with the system. The location is below the lens and can only be accessed when the camera is off, however, you cannot rotate the lens very far; at least without the threat of breaking the camera. The instruction guide was not much help either. I put the camera in manual mode and position the camera looking up as far as it would go, then unplugged it and gently rotated the lens further to expose the MicoSD slot. When I plugged the camera back into the power source the card was recognized.

    If you have a Network Attached Storage (NAS) you are supposed to be able to record to that location. I do not have that so cannot comment on the procedure. Both MicroSD and NAS can utilize continuous recording.

    Overall, i can recommend this. If you are wanting a cheap baby monitor or pet cam, I think this is a really good setup.

    Nov 09, 2021 13:46
  • Review by Naztynestor, 8 out of 10
    protect your home with eufy!

    - Eufy makes great products i’ve been using their door camera for quite a while now and i’ve neever have any complaints or disappointments for choosing to go for eufy security

    - now to add into my collection I finally have an indoor camera that that’s small, yeah it really is tiny and very light camera to place around your house

    - indoor cam mini is a 2k monitor which it’s 1440p resolution camera

    - in the box you have a mount piece, power adapter and about 7inc of micro usb cord that goes along with it

    - very easy setup using the eufy security app to get it going, a tiny button under the indoor cam mini and the rest can be completed through the app once it’s been fully plugged

    - once you followed the setup process you should be able to see a small window preview of your new camera, by clicking it you have great amount of option to choose from the main control is the ability to use 360 rotation manually if you choose

    - there’s tons of option on the view settings, we have record, screenshots, ability to speaker through the camera, the 360 round look and to turn the sound off. dragging the slider up should provide you with even more settings from. you’ll see the event section that list all recording for future viewing, a night vision, also an alarm feature im sure will be handy in the future, last two are tracking and calibration

    - one thing about this camera is that you have an option to click timeline we’re you can just pick certain section of the recording, unlike their door camera you only have the option to video on the recorded list

    - from the main setting it’s self they do have privacy mode incase you don’t want the camera recording while you’re home, you have the option to turn it off this setting at any time.

    - also the ability to turn off the blue light on the front of your camera, which is what I prefer

    - the motion detection is where im a little bit disappointed, this camera doesn’t have settings to capture just pets, so you either tracking person or just set it to other motion to be able to track your pet when you’re away, would be nice to have just animal to avoid getting too much recording while at home, without this, if you have the camera on while you’re at home, it will constantly record and it’s just too much recording to delete back and forth

    - storage option you can add up to 128GB of micro SD card, eufy shows in the app that 128GB should store for abo it 288 hrs of footage (12 days).

    - you also have an option for cloud save there’s a 30 day trail that i’m checking out at the moment, but you won’t be able to use 2k video recording while using cloud and it’s lock to only 1080p resolution which it’s still great quality.

    - indoor mini offer a great amount of options to customize your camera best suited for you, I just wish it offer a dog/pet tracking, this should also need to be the norm when it comes to home security. the thing I personally did not like was the 7” cord, would like to see 10 or even a tiny bit longer to give the user enough headroom when planning to use the camera.

    - overall still satisfied user, I love eufy I think it’s a great budget camera that offer tons of option and optional subscriptions service for protecting your property, and still have an option to not opt in if you choose.

    Nov 07, 2021 08:36
  • Review by SirGalahad, 8 out of 10
    Solid Contender

    Pros:

    - Wired camera that supports 24/7 recording @1080p only (to save memory card). For Motion/Human Detection supports up to 2K. I would prefer the option for me to decide if I want to save my memory card’s lifespan or not. Especially, since it doesn’t come with one.

    - Good picture quality.

    - The detection works extremely well. It picks things up almost immediately and then tracks them accurately until out of the frame.

    - I found recordings recorded the entire event over only getting half of it like most of my other cameras. If anything it goes to long which I prefer over too short.

    - Loading up the live view is quick.

    - Setting up schedules was easy and works well.

    - I REALLY like the privacy setting. Where when it turns off it will move to be facing the other way giving you peace of mind. Additionally, the light on the front is blue when on, and red when recording. You can set up exactly where it moves to when off and where it moves to when on. When in live view you can also pan 360 degrees.

    - Multiple mounting options such as by itself on a shelf, on the ceiling (mount included), or on a wall (mount NOT included).

    - Night vision looks good and works well.

    - As mentioned, it has pan/tilt. Where it can pan 360 degrees and pan up and down.

    - It supports noise detection. Where if it hears something, it will turn on and then pan to that location. From my brief testing this working alright being very hit or miss.

    - Doesn’t require the cloud and is a completely close system. Meaning no subscription fees!

    - You can talk through it via 2 way audio.

    - Comes with a long cable.

    - Eufy app is relatively easy to navigate.

    Cons:

    - Doesn’t support animal detection. I got this mostly to monitor my puppy (6-months) when I’m not at home. So, I have to turn on all motion alerts to pick him up which drastically increases the number of alerts I get throughout the day. As it is quite sensitive and sends me a lot of false positives.

    - Doesn’t come with a memory card. Adding $16 - $30 to the price. Making it less competitive to other brands. Hopefully, they will make this more obvious on their marketing material. As I wasn’t aware of this when I bought it as it’s kind of hidden.

    - Tracking can be jerky, is picked up on recordings, and with low FPS can make things blurry.

    - Not supported by HomeKit. But is supported by Alexa and Google.

    - Freaks people out as it moves with them.

    - Alarm setting isn’t very loud (which can be a pro or a con) and for some reason was activated by default when any motion was detected.

    - Uses Micro USB. Like why?!

    CONCLUSION:

    It’s a nice camera and at first I really wasn’t sure I liked it. But after using it for the past week it has grown on me. I get a lot of false positives which can be frustrating but part of that is on me for having “all motion” detection on, instead of having “human detection” on. I could also probably further refine this though the settings as they are currently on default. But them adding at least “animal” detection would be great. As I think most of the target demographic will be getting this to monitor their children and/or animals. There is plenty of customization in the app itself and the pan and tilt function is really neat.

    Nov 07, 2021 16:06
  • Review by SimpleLiving, 10 out of 10
    Simple to use and great indoor camera

    I have a good outdoor camera system around the perimeter of my house, but I needed a good quality indoor camera with a couple of valuable features. The Eufy indoorCam Mini comes is great to satisfy many needs of an indoor camera. The main features are noise and motion activation, clear night vision, and extremely fast notification. The pan of 160 degrees and the up/down tilt covers enough angle of view; it can cover a large area of a room if placed on the right location, center wall of a room. The home privacy function is great if you want to avoid recording when someone is home and when set, the camera will pan around to a set position, like facing a wall for privacy. The AI human detection and pet detection works as expected. Set up is straightforward; download the eufy security app, sign up, add the device to the app (indoor cam mini), and follow the illustrated instructions. Note, save yourself time by making sure the camera connects to the app before attaching it to a wall. Every time you open the app, you will view the most recent snapshots events and view the clip; click on the image to view the event details. You can do two-way talk during live view, and it works great for me when I want to listen and play with my pet pug. The daytime video quality is excellent for 2K, and the auto night vision, the camera has four infrared LED lights, does a decent job during dark recording. The motion alert notification speed is fast, and I get them within a few seconds. I like the most of this product because I have the option for subscription-free recording with a micro SD card (not included) and that it is compatible with Google Home devices, great to view the camera on my smart TV. If desired, there is availability for cloud storage subscriptions. Overall, I am satisfied with the product.

    Nov 09, 2021 05:29
  • Review by Santy41, 8 out of 10
    Good indoor camera

    This pan & tilt indoor camera is another good product from Eufy, great for home entrance or maybe as a baby or a pet monitor. The settings in the app are pretty easy to use and the view of the cam is clear with the 2K resolution, however the micro usb cable provided is to short to install on a ceiling as suggested on the manual so I had to buy a longer one. For those people that don’t mind the cable been to short or want to use it on a table, it’s an ok camera, personally I wish camera would have been completely wireless with a rechargeable battery, other than that the features on the mini camera works well with the exception of the Privacy mode that doesn’t have a setting to activate for a long Period of time, when I turn it on it last for a few minutes and then it will turn off automatically or maybe when it sense movement, hopefully they fix this with a software update. Another thing thing that this camera is lacking , unlike the other Eufy cameras is the Geofencing setting, this help detect when you’re home so it will turn the motion off automatically.

    Nov 09, 2021 00:07
  • Review by JMan, 6 out of 10
    Nice camera if you don’t use a Eufy Home Base

    This Eufy indoor cam was a breeze to set up because I already use a Eufy system and have the app installed on my phone. I opened the app, selected add new device, and followed the easy setup steps which generated a QR code for the camera to scan. I pointed the QR code at the camera, it scanned it and joined my wifi network. It was good to go from there. Even without an existing system, new users would download the app and set up the camera the exact same way. The kit includes the camera, a micro-USB power cable and mounting brackets and hardware. You are asked if you have a micro-SD card during setup. If not, it offers other options. If no storage is available, it can still be setup to stream without saving.

    Video quality is good. It’s clearer, brighter and sharper than my existing battery operated Eufy cams. Night vision is also particularly good quality. It’s crisp, bright, clear and sharp on the static areas of the room and furniture. It’s a little less sharp with people and movement but still exceeds my expectations. Available recording and streaming resolutions are 1080p and 2k. It also has a water ark option that will stamp the date and time on each recording. The camera can also record and monitor sounds and the app allows two-way intercom communication with the camera. Other features include manual video recording, snapshots and sounding an alarm. Unlike my other Eufy cams, there is no camera off option in the app. The only way to power off the camera is to unplug it. I do not want to risk corrupting the SD card, so I always try to make sure the camera is not recording before unplugging. It’s a little inconvenient and would be much nicer if the app allowed me to power off the camera like the others.

    The pan and tilt feature is useful for checking an entire area. I can sweep and see the entire room 360 degrees. The camera does make a low motorized sound when moving but it’s near silent and nothing I would consider disruptive or annoying. I like that this cam is AC powered because one of my battery operated Eufy cams has a faulty battery and needs to be recharged every month or two. It’s been that way since the beginning. The other camera works fine and goes 3-4 months between recharges but neither battery lasts remotely close to a year as stated. AC power is much more reliable. The only downside to AC power is the cord may stick out and it limits placement choices. It provides about 7-8 feet of cord to work with. The good thing about the cord being micro-USB is I’ve seen third party micro-USB cables available that measure as long as 15 feet.

    I do have one enormous complaint with this camera as an existing Eufy user. I do not like that it seemingly does not appear to be compatible with the Eufy home base that manages and stores recordings for my other Eufycams. This camera seems like a totally independent device that merely shares the Eufy app to an extent. It does not store to the home base like the other cameras and requires either a micro-SD card, a NAS, or a cloud storage subscription. It doesn’t even save events in the app’s event tab with the other cameras. I have to click on the camera in the device list and find the events there. Other than live streaming the only footage it archives without an SD card is the last taken snapshot. It doesn’t even save the most recent few snapshots beyond the last one. It feels disjointed and inefficient to have two Eufy cameras storing to the home base and one separate Eufy camera storing totally independent of the others on a locally inserted SD card. It’s especially frustrating that even the events are logged and accessed separately in the app. For that reason, I wouldn’t recommend this to owners of the home base system unless they need an AC powered or totally separate camera that merely utilizes the same app. I do feel this is a decent camera for those without a Eufy home base and would rate this a 4 star in that regard. My review and rating are from the perspective of a home base user. Both ratings took into account that like a Nest cam, this is essentially worthless without optional storage. However, unlike a Nest cam, this camera at least provides a free local storage option. Well, aside from the cost of a compatible SD card. A card whitelist is provided within the app for reference.

    Nov 06, 2021 12:41
  • Review by LuvsDaSun, 8 out of 10
    It has Night Vision

    Just got this so not much time with it.

    -Night Vision: yes! Similar to other indoor cameras, you can toggle it off/on. Without night vision & my bedroom doors closed, it is pitch black.

    -Storage: local micro SD card on the camera. Does NOT connect to homemade. It's a stand alone camera, you do not need a Home Base for it to work.

    -Privacy Mode: you set the default point the camera sits at & a point you want it at when you toggle privacy mode. There's an Eye-shaped icon on the camera feed in the devices section you use to toggle it manually. Can also change settings in Home Mode.

    -Motion Tracking: yes! You can toggle this on to move the lens to track any motion it sees for as long as it detects it. In my small bedroom it worked great. Have not tested its range.

    -Sound, Noise: can turn on noise alerts, also do a 360° pan to check for movement. In a small bedroom with a hollow core door, it alerted to me knocking 3 times with just a knuckle.

    -Mounting: can put upright on a shelf or upside down on a ceiling. You can flip the video 180° if mounted on a ceiling. Recommends a separate *NOT included* ball joint mount (the ones used for outdoor cameras) to put camera sticking horizontal from a wall.

    -Continuous Recording: yes! But only in 1080p, similar to other cameras. See screenshot. Says it's to prolong micro SD card. 128GB card can last for 288 hours or 12 days & cards can usually be rewritten 500 times.

    -Includes camera, *micro USB charging cord, USB wall charging adapter, mounting sticker for screw holes, flat mounting bracket, screws, camera, & quick start guide.

    **Not much time with it. The guide says you need to rotate the camera to connect the mounting bracket but the one in the box is just 2 small posts that slide up/down which doesn't match the picture in the guide. They likely didn't correct the guide after a change.

    **don't like it's $60, feel like competition has better pricing

    Oct 12, 2021 20:38
  • Review by Bergm, 10 out of 10
    Nice indoor security cam!

    The Eufy IndoorCam Mini does exactly what I was hoping for. It is very convenient and easy to use! Following are the pros and cons of this Security Cam:

    PROS:

    - This is a small unit, so it is easy to find a good place to put it. You just need access to electricity. It can be set on a table or shelf or mounted on a wall or ceiling with the included mounting hardware

    - It was very easy to set up and start using it. You just plug it in and download the eufy security app, connect via Bluetooth and it is ready to go. The app gives you instructions on how to use it and various settings. There are a lot of different settings that can be adjusted to meet whatever your needs are.

    - The 2K resolution is really quite good. I can clearly see everything going on in the room where it is installed via my phone. Even at night it has a very good night vision mode so you can still see what is going on and it can detect motion. It also has a very wide field of view and motion detection area.

    - The camera will rotate and pan and tilt automatically to follow any motion or sounds, if you have it set to detect both. You can choose whether to have it track motion or sound or both. If you mount it in the corner of a wall or ceiling it would probably capture the most motion, but I have it sitting on a TV stand. As long as I have it close to the edge so the camera can pick up things down low, I can see my whole room and even capture the cat down on the floor when she walks by.

    - It performs 24/7 recording. You can pop in a mini SD card and it just uses that and keeps recording over it when full, so you don't have to pay for any monthly storage fee. You can also choose a cloud based storage plan if you'd rather have a service store it for you, but I use it with a mini SD card and it works great.

    - You can set it up to send you alerts whenever it captures motion or sound. It will then send you an alert and either a 30 second clip you can watch, or a longer clip if there is continuous motion or sound in your house. You can also choose to turn off the alerts and just log into the app whenever you want to watch all the clips recorded. You can watch them and delete them or save or forward any clips. I have had as many as 50 clips stored and it barely used any of the SD card storage. As I delete them it frees up storage space.

    - You can also go into the app at any time and watch a live feed of what is going on in the room where it is set up. You can click on a button for it to do a complete rotation to see the whole room, or you can adjust it however far you want to go, side to side or up and down. I really like this feature as I can pull it up and see and hear what my pets are doing when I am away. A can also speak to them or anyone in my house remotely through the speaker and people can also speak back to me.

    - When I come home at night, I can go into the app and click on a privacy mode button and it will rotate the camera backwards and turn it off so that recording stops while I am home, then turn it on again when I leave.

    - You can also choose whether to only record clips where a human is in the room, if you don't want clips of your pets or other movement or sound in the room. This is great for security purposes, but you can still go in and look at the live feed whenever you want to see the pets

    - When movement or sound is detected, it has motion tracking that allows the camera to rotate and follow the movement or sound in the room.

    - You can set up the cam to run on a schedule if you don't want to turn it on and off each day.

    - If you see someone in your house via the live feed, you can set off a loud alarm on it with the push of a button on the app.

    CONS:

    - It would have been nice if it came with a mini SD card. I luckily had an extra one at my house to put in, but if you don't then make sure you buy one if you want to record video. You may want to choose the size of your mini SD card, but even if it had come with a small one to get you started, it would be nice.

    - I've noticed the motion tracking cannot keep up with fast moving objects. If my pet runs by it or even a human who walks by quickly, it will start recording and the camera turns to follow them, but if they are moving fast and quickly get past its field of view, then it will lose them. Not an issue if I am watching a live feed, as I can manually turn it to watch. I think for monitoring and recording for security purposes, this is why it would ideally be hung in the corner of a ceiling, as it could then easily monitor the whole room and track any movement in the room. Based on where mine is setting on a TV stand in the middle of a wall, things that move past quickly and at close range could be lost on the recording.

    - It does make some noise when it is rotating. Its not really noticeable in a house with background noise like a TV on. However, if someone broke in and was walking around in a quite house, I think they would hear it and see there is a camera. However, that is not necessarily bad as it might scare them away since they would know it may have sent an alert to someone. However, if you are wanting to use it as a nanny cam or to spy on someone's activity in your house, it may be hard to do that with the sound being made.

    While I have listed a few cons, I feel they are very minor issues and compared to all the pros and great features, I feel this is an excellent small indoor security cam that meets all my needs and more. I would definitely recommend it!

    Nov 05, 2021 15:36
  • 9.0score
    Arlo - Pro 3 2-Camera Indoor/Outdoor Wire-Free 2K HDR Security Camera System - White
    Description

    Keep an eye on your home or business day and night with Arlo Pro 3. With no wires, you can install Pro 3 in minutes and view video directly from your phone. Spot unique details with color night vision, and see more in dark areas with the integrated spotlight. The advanced lens provides superior image quality, a wider field of view, and allows you to auto track and zoom on moving objects with clarity. Receive notifications when your camera spots people, vehicles, animals, or packages, and view live video or recorded clips directly from your phone, with 3 months of included Arlo Smart.* Hear and speak to visitors clearly with two-way audio.

    12 Features
  • Details matter: Zoom in on objects, and see clearer details and colors in 2K HDR.
  • See in color - day or night: Capture the full picture, even in low light with color night vision.
  • Spotlight that never sleeps: Light up the night, and identify unique details with the integrated spotlight.
  • Quick and simple wire-free setup: Easily install and adjust your camera as a professional with the new magnetic mount.
  • Get the bigger picture: Keep an eye on more of what matters with a wider 160° field of view.
  • Notifications that matter: Receive notifications when your camera spots people, vehicles, animals, or a package is delivered with Arlo Smart.* 3-month trial of Arlo Smart service is included, with rolling 30-day cloud recordings.**
  • Brave the elements: Certified to withstand heat, cold, rain, or sun.
  • 2-way audio: Hear and speak to visitors clearly with superior audio quality.
  • Built-in smart siren: Trigger your camera's siren remotely or automatically during an event.
  • Rechargeable battery: Go wire-free with a convenient and long-lasting battery.
  • Handy charging options: Snap the magnetic charging cable into place to quickly charge your camera, or charge two batteries at once with the optional Dual Charging Station accessory.
  • Security in the palm of your hand: Watch live streaming or recorded video from your smartphone or tablet on the Arlo app.
  • 8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by optimummind, 8 out of 10
    Very good wire-free home security system

    === Summary ==

    I'm a huge fan of the Arlo Pro 2 camera system so I was naturally very excited for the Arlo Pro 3. It has many features my Arlo Pro 2 does not have, such as 2K recording, color night vision, integrated spotlight, and 160-degree viewing angle. After using it for the past five days, I can say that Arlo didn't disappoint -- for the most part. Although I LOVE its reliable video and audio quality, easy-to-use mobile app, its quick and smart notification system, and long-lasting battery, I'm very disappointed that Arlo chose NOT to include 7-day free cloud recording for the Pro 3 and still hasn't kept their pledge to make locally saved clips accessible from its mobile app. If Arlo had kept that option, it would've been a 10 out of 10 product and a Complete Win. As it is, I rate it 4 Stars out of 5 overall.

    _____

    *Pros:

    -Slick and attractive design.

    -Super simple & quick setup process.

    -Clean and color-accurate video quality from HDR & 2K recording.

    -Audio recordings are noise-free, skip-free, and sound clean and clear.

    -Smart Alerts are smart & accurate most of the time.

    -The mobile app is feature-rich and easy to use.

    -Long-lasting battery.

    -The motion-detection sensor is very responsive & quickly turns on the spotlight.

    -Robust & varied accessory ecosystem.

    _____

    *Neutral:

    -Accessories are expensive. $50 for a 25-ft charging cable?

    -The cool features require a monthly plan.

    -The cheapest Arlo Smart plan costs $2.99/month per camera.

    _____

    *Cons:

    -Clips can be saved to local storage but you can't view it from the mobile app. Arlo has 2 months left to keep their promise.

    === Design & Setup ===

    When it comes to design, build materials, build quality, and general fit-and-finish, Arlo has done a fantastic job with the Pro 3. The cameras and base station look great and blend perfectly within my home. In the hands, it feels solid and durable, and taking it apart to insert the battery was a smooth and frustration-free experience.

    The charging port is on the bottom and the charging interface from the cable connects magnetically to the camera now, which is a huge improvement in terms of convenience. With the Arlo Pro 2, the charging cable on the back got in the way of my outdoor mounts and the rubber flap was fragile and easy to become dislocated.

    Setting up the Arlo Pro 3 was a completely frustration-free and speedy process. Connect the base station to the router, give it power, and add each camera one-by-one inside the Arlo mobile app. Upon first startup, there were firmware updates for both the base station and each of the cameras. Those went through without any hiccups.

    In the box, there was one magnetic wall mount and one outdoor mount accessory. Sadly, the cable in the box was too short and I couldn't run it from the wall to my front porch. But checking Arlo's accessory store, a 25-ft charge cable is available so I'll probably be getting that. It's too bad most accessories are so expensive, though. For some of these accessories, I'll be waiting for third-party companies to make cheaper alternatives.

    === Mobile App & Customization ===

    After all the cameras have been added, I fine-tuned the camera settings within the well-organized and easy-to-use Arlo mobile app.

    The app has three main tabs on the top: Mode, Devices, and Library. In the "Mode" section, you tell the cameras when to detect for motion and audio events and what to do about it. For one of my cameras outside in the front porch, I have it to detect for both motion (80% sensitivity) and audio (level 3 sensitivity out of 5) and to record a video for 300 seconds. After the event has finished, Push notification is sent to my smartphone. Other options inside Mode include "Disarmed," "Scheduled," and "Geofencing." I leave my cameras "Armed" all the time.

    In the "Devices" section, you can view each camera video feed to initiate two-way speaker conversations, manually take photos or record a video, and turn on or off the spotlight camera. You can also create Activity Zones so you only receive alerts when something happens inside that zone. And there are numerous other options -- battery level indicator, camera LED behavior, check device info, motion detection test, video quality levels (brightness, Auto HDR, local 2K live streaming, auto-zoom & track, low light settings, night vision), power management, and video angle (160-, 125-, or 110-degree).

    The final section is the "Library" and this is where you go to view all the clips that have been recorded in response to events. The newest event is always on the top and you can select a video and mark it as a Favorite, share the file with someone, "donate" it to Arlo for their R&D, download it, or simply delete it.

    But wait, there is more~! From the main screen of the app, when you tap on the 3-dot menu icon and tap on Settings, you'll discover the "Arlo Smart" section. It's here where you can tell the cameras to detect for package deliveries (only one camera can do this) or detect specifically for people, vehicles, animals, smoke/CO alarms, and more. For the part, these smart detections worked pretty well, correctly flagging my dogs and cat as animals and my UPS delivery man as a human. Package detection wasn't as quite consistent, probably because not all of my packages arrived in rectangular or square boxes but sometimes in large envelopes or plastic bags.

    All in all, I'm very impressed and delighted by all the features that are offered by Arlo. It truly is a complete home security camera system.

    === Video & Audio Quality ===

    With its 160-degree viewing angle and 2K video resolution, the crispness and clarity of the videos were highly satisfactory. The colors were true-to-life, color gradation was handled very well, and the HDR feature did an excellent job correctly exposing the dark areas.

    The audio recordings were exceptional as well, way better than my Arlo Pro 2. The audio is cleaner with less noise and skips and I was very impressed by how far it can record conversations. My wifey and daughter were talking about 30 feet away from my Pro 3 in the living room and I could hear and understand each word they were saying loud and clear.

    I love it when a new successor product completely outperforms the previous model and Arlo Pro 3 succeeds in doing that.

    === Battery life ===

    I've been recording 5-minute clips in 2K and viewing live feeds in 2K. Also, the spotlight camera is set to turn on all the time during low-light situations. After recording 82 5-minute clips (almost 7 hrs of footage), the Arlo Pro 3 camera still had 25% battery left. I'm impressed.

    === Cloud Recording, local storage, & Arlo Monthly Plans ===

    This is the part of my review where I get a little negative. After being used to the 7-day free cloud recording feature of my Arlo Pro 2 system for the past two years, I'm very reluctant to begin paying a monthly fee. To be honest, it's not TOO bad. For $2.99 per month per camera with the Arlo Smart plan, I get 30 days of video playback, enhanced notifications, activity zones, and person detection. After all, it probably costs Arlo lots of money in server and storage costs. But still...the Arlo cameras are one of the most expensive wire-free security camera systems on the market. Therefore, I think Arlo should make available AT LEAST a 3-day free cloud storage option for customers who are shelling out so much money for their systems. I think that's a good compromise.

    In terms of local storage of video clips, Arlo has dropped the ball here too. Yes, you can store your clips locally but you can't view your local clips from inside the mobile app. What was Arlo thinking? I've had that feature in my $200 Samsung camera for four years already! Arlo announced that in the second half of 2019 they will implement a way for users to view local clips from within the app. Well, Arlo, you have two months left to keep your word.

    I'm currently using the 3-month free trial subscription and time will tell whether I stay on the basic Arlo Smart subscription plan or not. Whether I do or don't, I'll come back to this review and add a comment to share my opinion on whether I think it's worth it or not.

    === Conclusion ===

    Overall, I like the Arlo Pro 3. It's well-built and engineered, it produces high-quality video and audio clips, its mobile app is simple to use and very responsive, and its smart features like animal detection and package detection are cool and neat. But with such a high $500 upfront cost, Arlo should've included some form of free cloud storage and ability to access locally saved clips from the mobile app. With that said, I still recommend it because the execution is so good and it has such a robust accessory ecosystem.

    Oct 05, 2019 01:53
  • Review by Titan5178, 10 out of 10
    Excellent DIY Camera Kit

    Arlo Pro 3

    I have quite a bit of experience with the Arlo line as I have been using an Arlo base station along with 2 of the Pro 2’s and 2 Pro’s for the past few years. I love these, they have been reliable, secure, and can take a beating in the elements. I have no doubt the Arlo Pro 3 will prove be even better!

    === In the Box ===

    Inside the box there are the two Arlo Pro 3 cameras, the Smarthub base, 2 rechargable batteries, a magnetic mount, 1 outdoor mount, 1 magnetic charging cable with usb charger, power cord for the Smarthub, and an ethernet cable.

    I find it a little odd that there is only one charging cable in the box for two cameras. I suppose the idea is the batteries are expected to last so long that you can survive with just one cable, simply removing the cameras or their batteries and charging them as needed. For me, personally, I like to wire the cameras up to a power source so that I never have to worry about them, so I would have appreciated two cables.

    The way the kit is put together it almost guarantees you will need to buy at least some accessories such as an extra charging cable or the dual charging station. In case you were wondering, the batteries are different than the older Pro or Pro 2 models so not compatible.

    === Setup ===

    Setup is dead simple with the Arlo app. Find a spot near your router for the Smarthub (has to be connected via ethernet, wifi not supported) and plug the ethernet and power cable in. The app will detect the new Smarthub and then you follow the instructions to add each camera. There’s a button on the bottom of the camera to release the unit from its housing to insert the battery. The whole process could not have taken more than 5 minutes. I was a little worried I might have issues since I use the same app to monitor my existing Arlo base station but looks like the older base station and new Smarthub and all six of my cameras can co-exist in the same app.

    I could have added all the cameras to the new Smarthub if I wanted to but I’m glad that I am able to use two base stations as there are some areas around my yard where the old base station couldn’t reach. Now I have two hubs in two different corners of my home so I have much better coverage for the cameras.

    As mentioned above, there are two types of mounts included. With the magnetic mount once you affix it to your wall the camera simply pops onto the mount at almost any angle. It also makes it easy to remove the camera when you have to recharge the battery.

    The other mount is a necessity if you need to mount in an outdoor or high location. For now I’m using the magnetic mount in a new location and replaced one of my existing mounted Pro 2’s with the Pro 3

    While cloud recording is automatic, you may also want to connect a USB hard drive to the Smarthub for local copies of the videos.

    === Usage ===

    Once everything is synced and mounted you use the Arlo app on your phone to manage and monitor the video feeds. The system should be armed which means the cameras will detect motion and automatically save the video to the cloud, turn on the LED spotlight, and send a notification to your phone. You can go into the device settings to turn any or all of this off. You can also configure the cameras to take action on sound instead of motion or to activate the siren on the camera. The siren is not ear piercing loud but I’d imagine it scare most intruders away especially if the spotlight also comes on.

    I didn’t find the auto zoom and tracking to be that great. It’s not very smooth especially when the object it is tracking is moving quickly. You can use the app to have two way audio communication with someone but this is not a feature I use often.

    The system can also be synced with a smart home system such as Apple’s Homekit. Here you’ll be able to see your cameras live in the Home app on your Apple devices. One of my favorite features is I can open the Home app on my Mac and select a video feed to keep open in a small window in the corner of my screen. Perfect for watching out for the pizza boy! Google Assistant and Alexa are also supported but I haven’t tried these out.

    If you want to turn off the detection and video recording, simply open the app and disarm the system. There are also options to arm/disarm on a schedule or geofencing.

    === Performance ===

    I can definitely tell a difference in the image quality between the Arlo Pro 2 and Pro 3. Take a look at the image samples below. There is more detail in the Pro 3 screenshot and the colors are more natural than the Pro 2 which is quite a bit oversaturated.

    The color night vision is pretty neat. You could clearly see I was wearing a red shirt at night but note that it does not work if you do not have the LED spotlight enabled.

    === Pros ===

    App based setup

    Two-way audio

    2560 x 1440 resolution w/ HDR

    Color Night vision

    Wider field of View than Pro 2

    Spotlight Built-in

    Long battery life

    Auto Zoom and Track

    Homekit, Google, and Alexa support

    Built-in Sirens

    Alarm Detection

    Local USB Storage

    === Cons ===

    Includes just 1 magnetic charger

    Pricey when you consider you'll likely need accessories and a subscription as well

    Overall, the Arlo Pro 3 is a nice addition to the Arlo lineup. You get mostly the same features as the more expensive Arlo Ultra, only sacrificing resolution. I would definitely buy these over the Arlo Pro 2 at this point as the increase in resolution, color accuracy, and night vision are worth the upgrade.

    Oct 07, 2019 21:03
  • Review by nickcal, 10 out of 10
    A great option for security camera

    Security is vital in this day and age. I don’t think a week goes by where I don't see a story on the national news about someone who was helped by a video doorbell. I’ve had a video doorbell as a part of my security system for many years now and as nice as it is, it’s helpful to also have a few strategically placed WiFi cameras throughout my home. I find that Arlo’s system is the most user-friendly robust option in the market and their newest system -- the Arlo Pro 3 is a nice step up from their previous generation of cameras.

    Arlo provides a lot in the box including the Arlo SmartHub, Pro 3 Wire-free Cameras, their rechargeable batteries, the SmartHub power adapter, ethernet cable, mounts, the camera charging cable, and camera power adapter. Even though all the pieces in the box can seem intimidating, it’s a relatively simple system to set up. You first connect the SmartHub to power and your internet source using the provided ethernet cable. Then you download the Arlo app and follow set-up instructions for the system. You will also have to insert the batteries into the cameras and ensure they are charged.

    You can place the mounts wherever you would like. Arlo also includes the mounting hardware for the mounts. The one thing that strikes me as odd with the mounts is that Arlo only provides one of each style of mount. Since I got a system with 2 cameras, I found it odd that I wouldn’t be allowed to mount them both the same way. The cameras attach to the mounts using either magnets or by being screwed into them. With my Arlo Pro 2 system, I actually just found places to mount the cameras using the magnets, which is another option. The only downside to this is that the camera can be easily removed from its mount -- and even stolen.

    The app does walk you through the set-up of the SmartHub quite simply. Once you connect it to power and the internet, it will likely have a firmware update to complete. I had to do this step and it took approximately 5-7 minutes. Once the hub is set-up, you can start adding cameras. One of the things I was most excited about with this hub is that I was able to add the Arlo Pro 2 cameras to it as well. This was a great benefit to my household since it meant that we wouldn’t have to keep both hubs connected. I didn’t have any issues with connecting the old and new cameras. The hub automatically recognized the new ones and I only had to press the ‘sync’ buttons on the older cameras in order for the hub to connect to them. All in all, it took about 30 minutes to have the entire system set-up -- that includes firmware updates.

    Another change that Arlo made with this system is how the cameras charge. The Arlo Pro 2 cameras used Micro USB, which I typically feel is outdated technology these days, but Arlo changed it to be a proprietary magnetic charging cable that is unique to this system. I would much rather see the cameras charge using something more universal like USB-C. I don’t like unique charging cables because if they get lost you have no way to charge your device.

    Video quality is amazing. I used one of the cameras to monitor our puppy while he was in his playpen. He’s a crafty little guy and knows how to get out of tight places so we keep a close eye on him when we are in a separate room from him. The Arlo Pro 3 camera was an ideal option since it gave us a perfectly clear image of him. These cameras work great not only for monitoring entryways and spaces but also for places like nurseries.

    I love these cameras because of the easy set-up and the quality video it provides. They are incredibly flexible in how you decide to use them and that makes them an ideal choice for many different uses. Arlo is my go-to when it comes to wireless cameras for my home.

    Oct 08, 2019 10:23
  • Review by gadgeTT, 10 out of 10
    Easy Setup, Great Features, Long Battery Life

    Pros:

    * Great video quality.

    * Simple setup.

    * Useful and Flexible features.

    * Easy to use app.

    * Long battery life.

    Cons:

    * Not inexpensive.

    * Base hub is not compatible with my other Arlo products.

    My Review:

    My first experience with Arlo products was their Security Lights. While they work great, and their battery life is excellent, the setup was very finicky and the settings within their app were not exceedingly clear.

    My experiences thus far with the Arlo Pro 3 Security Cameras are similar for how well they work, but night-and-day (pun intended) for how easy they are to set up and use. In fact, initial setup was so easy that I was surprised it was done so soon. Plug the hub into power and ethernet, then fire up the app. It was that easy. Setting up the Security Lights was cumbersome. Setting up the Arlo Pro 3 cameras was brain-dead simple. I inserted the partially-charged batteries into the two cameras and after setting up the hub, the app asked if I wanted to also set up my 2 cameras. Done. The app even gives you a good idea for how strong the video quality is based on wireless signal from the camera to the hub. Nice!

    The design of these cameras is really nice, too. They have an outer shell that the “guts” of the camera slide into to keep everything contained and water-tight. The shell is what is mounted and you can easily separate the two to swap out a charged battery without disturbing the mounting position. If you just want to leave the battery inserted and charge with the supplied cable, you will have remove the camera with housing from the mount unless the provided magnetically-coupled cable reaches easily for the duration of charging the camera’s battery.

    Each camera has a microphone and speaker for 2-way communications, a bright spotlight for better illumination, the camera (of course) and a wide-angle motion sensor.

    The app even noticed that I already had the Security Lights configured and offered to set up some synergy between the lights and the cameras. Setting up the motion zones, the video quality, notifications, etc. was all easy, and the video quality both during the day and at night was amazing.

    Another nice feature is that while all the video can go to the cloud for storage, analysis and easy access, you can also plug in a storage device to the hub for local file storage in place of or in addition to the cloud.

    While the app integrates both the Pro 3 Cameras and the Security Lights together, the hubs for each are completely separate. It would have been nice to eliminate the Security Light hub (I need two for proper coverage) and the Camera hub, but at least the app controls both seamlessly.

    Overall, these security cameras may not be the least expensive options, but the video quality, features and design definitely make them worth spending a bit more money on.

    Oct 08, 2019 16:58
  • Review by Yardie87, 10 out of 10
    Why try other wireless cam brands?

    This Pro 3 wireless camera system is top tier. The 2k resolution is more than enough. I personally think it's unecessary to go for the ultra given the fact that phones don't have 4k, which is what you'll be viewing cams from 99.999% of the time. Ample resolution with pro 3's. The battery life is pretty legit...as long as you play optimize the video quality sliders and motion sensitivity. I'd definitely recommend to get the 25' outdoor magnetic charge cord, if you don't want to EVER think about touching the cams again. Great job Arlo. I'm not gonna complain too much about service charges...that's EVERY companies business model....how are they gonna make overhead and profits people. If it was higher than current I'd understand, and complain too. Maintain those pricepoints Arlo. Maybe give subscribers a slight discount for sharing video you guys use.

    Apr 17, 2020 20:16
  • Review by Grouticus, 10 out of 10
    Loaded with upgrades and changes

    This is now my third round with the Arlo Pro security cameras. I have owned and used the Arlo Pro, Pro 2 and now the Pro 3 cameras over the past two years and was excited to see what they had in store for their latest model. I would also like to add that I have two other security systems installed in my home by other manufacturers and I prefer the Arlo cameras over all of them because of the well made design, features and full, easy, user experience. Fortunately, you can use the previously model cameras with the new Arlo Pro 3 hub therefore I paired three of my other cameras to the new hub along with the two Pro 3 cameras included in this kit. The only extra steps I came across during the upgrade was that I had to re-sync the old cameras with the new hub and remove the old cameras in the app to re-add them.

    The cameras themselves are well built, like the previous models, however they look and function a bit different. To insert the battery in the Pro 3 cameras, you simply push a button on the bottom of the camera near the charging port and the camera will slide out of the housing. I can see this as being beneficial to outdoor installs as it should protect the hardware from the environment elements, including the rain, since there isn’t a gasket around the housing that could eventually wear out over time. The LED light is a great addition to the Pro series however will deplete the battery more depending on the usage. I have both of the new cameras installed in our children’s rooms so I had to turn the LED function off so it didn’t go on every time it sensed motion; the night vision works great for indoor use without having to use the LED light too. I coupled the previous models with the Arlo security lights on my outdoor cameras so it’s nice to see they added this to the cameras instead of having to buy additional peripherals. The clarity of the cameras is better than previous models with up to 2K streaming and the zoom has increased from 8X to 12X. I have also noticed the responsiveness and delay is better using the new Arlo Pro 3 hub and cameras.

    To some of the upgrades from the previous models are as follows:

    The charging cables are no longer micro USB; they are using a new magnetic style charger.

    The magnetic wall mounts are new, sort of concave and no longer dome shaped. This two camera kit comes with one magnetic mount and one screw on mount.

    The rechargeable batteries are different along with how they are inserted into the cameras.

    The look and shape of the cameras are different.

    LED lights are built into the cameras to use as motion sensor spotlights or lighten up a monitored area.

    The camera clarity has increased up to 2K HDR, has better 12X zoom and 160 degree viewing angle.

    The advanced AI can tell the difference between people, animals and vehicles to send specific push notifications to your smartphone (although you have to pay for the Arlo Smart Plan to use this function).

    This kit comes with a three month trial of the Arlo Smart plan.

    What does all this mean to current Arlo camera owners who want to upgrade? Potentially more money out of your pocket to upgrade to the latest technology. Fortunately your old cameras will still work with the new system, they just won’t be compatible with current magnetic mounts and batteries so those are the only expenses you may need however they are necessary since you’ll have everything you need in this set. As you can see, there are many and substantial upgrades compared to previous models so the Pro 3 upgrade is definitely worth considering.

    For folks that are just starting to shop wireless security cameras, I really feel Arlo is one of the best and affordable systems on the market and they set the bar for this market. They are both great for homes and businesses alike and would recommend them to anyone in the market.

    Oct 06, 2019 13:18
  • Review by MrShinyCadillackness, 6 out of 10
    Great for inside use, not as good outside

    Having a new baby prompted me to install home security cameras at our residence. Things I knew I wanted/needed included being fully wireless and also having the ability to see and interact with the cameras through my Android phone while receiving real time alerts, even when away. With advances in wireless technology and a new baby, I figured it was the right time to try this out.

    After charging both batteries, I found that the initial App/Camera setup was so intuitive and simple that anyone could do it. My Android phone (Arlo App installed) saw the cameras, paired, and updated flawlessly. The App guides you through all of these steps in a pleasing manner and I did not experience a single hiccup.

    I planned on installing the first camera inside my main front picture window looking out to the front yard and the second one inside my sliding glass door looking out to the back yard. At first I could not install both because the package only includes one universal indoor/outdoor mount and one magnetic mount. The latter being useless for this type of install without modification to get a camera pointed in the right direction, so off to Best Buy I went to get another indoor/outdoor mount. The Arlo mount offered in store was actually much better than the one that was included in the box. Not sure why those aren’t the standard mounts. Fast forward to the install of the cameras and those were up where I wanted and pointing out the window in no time.

    Having the options all set how I preferred (night vision, activity zones, etc) I was ready to test the video quality. It was still mid-afternoon so everything looked really good. The picture on my phone is great when using the option to stream in 2K. The first thing I noticed was the delay to the see the live view, which takes roughly five seconds once either of the cameras “play” button is pressed in the App. Both of my cameras are receiving an excellent result as far as signal strength to the smart hub, so there is definitely room for a speed improvement in relaying the live image to your phone screen.

    I then waited for dark to do the night vision testing and found out the hard way that mounting the cameras inside and pointing out a window does not work at all how I expected. It seems that (when mounted close) the extra glass in-between the camera and exterior confuses the cameras and system making them extremely unreliable. This is a big concern for me, as I did not want to mount the cameras on the outside of my home since they would be easily susceptible to theft and/or vandalism. While the App and the base station (if a USB storage device is connected) both grab and save the video clips when movement is detected, that doesn’t do much for you when a thief or burglar can simply unscrew the camera from the mount and be on their way in seconds. I would much prefer a camera that can be mounted more securely. Back to the extra glass in-between mentioned above… When mounting the cameras inside pointing out (and close to) a window at dark, if you have night vision turned on, all you will see is the reflection of your camera in the glass. Huge bummer. Turning off the night vision showed the exterior scene better, but no movement was detected outside at all, therefore I was forced to mount them under the overhang on each side of my house and in plain sight.

    I have now had these up for a few days and can honestly comment on the reliability so far. After watching both cameras intently and checking every push notification I received in the App as it came in, the following are my initial thoughts.

    The Activity Zones are hit and miss at best. My review photos show the zones I set up for both cameras, as well as a screenshot of precisely when the zones actually saw me and triggered a recording. I actually had to be all the way into the closest side of the zone and right by the house before the cameras were triggered. In the back of my house (Back Door & Shed pic attached) I was using two zones initially, but now use the entire frame of the camera as one big zone instead. I did not see a difference in performance either way and still needed to be really close to the house to get the camera to see me.

    That said, the front of my house (Driveway & Front Door pic attached), is set so the cars passing by on the street would not trigger the cameras and that has worked perfectly. I also occasionally get push notifications if a cat or squirrel gets too close so sometimes the sensitivity is on point. Lastly, and most importantly, I had a delivery dropped at my front doorstep early afternoon yesterday and the Camera/App didn’t even trigger at all. This has only happened once, but is worth mentioning. I am running the current Firmware for the Base Station and both cameras.

    The delay between the camera seeing and triggering an event and giving you a push notification is roughly 20 seconds (sometimes longer), which is far too long if there were to be an emergency. Again, both cameras show that they have excellent signal strength.

    While the App is laid out quite nicely and is easy to use, there are again some speed issues. At the bottom right of each camera signal on the “Devices” tab, you will see a number that counts how many clips have been recorded for each scene throughout the day. Simply tapping on the number (or the “Library” tab at the top) will take you to the library of clips. I have found that sometimes I need to refresh the library page by swiping down with one finger before seeing newer clips. Once they all show up, simply pressing the play button on any clip will buffer it for viewing (full screen if preferred). Buffering can take a few seconds depending on your WiFi speed. While viewing the clips, it is easy to favorite, download, or delete the files. Back in the main library tab, if you press and hold on one of the clips, you can also easily select all (or none) of the clips for batch downloading, or deleting. The library clips are also laid out by date which shows at the top of the library screen. I will say again that I do like the App, its layout, and features, I just wish it was quicker.

    You can also forward your push notifications to your smartwatch which is awesome. I am using a Fitbit Ionic and it works for me.

    I cannot comment on the rain worthiness of the cameras, as mine are under shelter. The alarm is quite loud and definitely good enough to scare someone away with a jolt. The spotlight is a nice touch but it is not very bright. I am sure it would be sufficient indoors, but outside it really only lights up about ten feet before significant fall off occurs (see last attached photo).

    All in all, I was hoping to be more impressed with the whole package considering that this is the third Arlo version and one would assume that most of the kinks including customer feedback would/should be worked out by now. For a more controlled (interior only) application, I can see where this would be a good choice, but for exterior use, it could still use some work. It is possible that future Firmware updates could resolve some of my issues and if they do, I will gladly leave a new updated comment on this review.

    PROS:

    Excellent App that is very easy to use (Running Android 10)

    Initial App setup, connection, and Firmware update were quick and easy

    Ability to attach a USB thumb drive to the base station for backup of clips

    USB drive can also be formatted from the App

    Battery life seems good so far

    2K resolution during the day is sufficient

    Alarm is loud

    CONS:

    Unreliable through windows at night and does not work at all with night vision turned on

    App (while nice, easy to learn and use) is slow

    Completely missed a broad daylight delivery to my front door on one occasion so far

    2K resolution with Night Vision is rough. Don’t expect to see any facial features.

    Wish there were two (of the better) indoor/outdoor mounts included

    Oct 09, 2019 18:58
  • Review by Mukman, 10 out of 10
    Quality Camera System

    I must say I was excited to test out this system. I currently have an off brand, 4 camera system and Guardzilla 360. The off-brand cameras tend to lose WIFI connection quite a bit and is very frustrating. The 360 is a nice camera, but the software interface for my android phone really needs an upgrade.

    This unit comes with a base unit, and in my case 2 camera’s. Setup was pretty straight forward. Simply plug in the base unit to power and Ethernet, then download the app to your phone and follow instructions.

    You also must install the batteries into the cameras. Mine were both around 50% full.

    The kit came with one magnetic mount and one screw mount, both worked well.

    First think I noticed once I fired these up was the clear picture. These offer 2K image quality and it looks really nice. 2K sits in between 1080p and 4K. (Alro Pro 2 is 1080p and Arlo Ultra is 4k)

    Phone interface also works great.

    Camera features:

    -2K Video with HDR – Great picture and color

    -Integrated spotlight – This light’s up your subject when they are triggered by motion.

    -160 Degree Viewing angle

    -WIFI - Stays connected and works well

    -2 way audio – Listen and talk to people. (short WIFI Delay)

    -Color Night Vision – Works well, however, my areas are lit so I turn the night vision off for even a better picture.

    -Magnetic Charging

    -Built in Smart Siren

    Battery life will be hard to comment on as I have been using for only about 3 days. I would say I am losing about 1.0 – 1.5% each day on the more active camera and less with the other. With that being said I predict no more than 3 months from a full charge for the more active camera, half of the 6 months they state you could get. So the battery drain will definitely depend on how often the camera is activated and probably ‘live’ viewed. My second camera which is activated much less should last much longer, but Even 3 months for an active camera I feel is pretty good.

    Smart phone App:

    Live View – You can also active the sound and spotlight though the app.

    Global Access

    Voice Controls

    - picture is clear and smooth, Not choppy like my other units.

    - I do hear wind in the audio occasionally in my case. Pretty windy area, perhaps they could work on providing a little wind protection on the mic.

    The other feature I want to point out is the Activity Zones. You can draw a square or rectangle in the area you want the camera to detect. This feature works really well. No more false alerts.

    Another feature in the software is the Auto Zoom & Tracking. This will see a person walking up your driveway let’s say, and zoom in on them and track their movement.

    You get a 3 month ‘Arlo Smart’ trail with your purchase. After this you would have to pay $2.99/mo. Per Camera or $9.99 / mo. For up to 10 cameras. If you don’t subscribe you will have to use an external USB connection to your hub and the only way to view the images is to connect that USB to a computer. So you really lose all the online features etc.

    I know I did not cover every feature, so please view the Arlo website for the, but I wanted to provide an overview on the features I have used to date.

    Overall a good quality security camera system that performs very well.

    Hope this review helped you out. Cheers!

    Oct 07, 2019 14:02
  • 8.6score
    Rexing - H1 Blackhawk Trail Camera with Day and Night Ultra Fast Motion Detection - Green
    Description

    Capture HD photos and videos at night or during the day with this Rexing Woodlens H1 Blackhawk trail camera. Less than 0.2s ultra-fast trigger is paired with an LED flash for split-second shooting when motion is detected, while a 2.4" built-in LCD screen lets you preview and navigate through photos and videos. This Rexing Woodlens H1 Blackhawk trail camera features password protection to guard against unwanted access.

    11 Features
  • 2.4" Color LCD Display: For clear viewing and easy navigation.
  • 8.0-Megapixel CMOS: Captures high-resolution images.
  • LED Flash: Infrared Night Vision LED flash illuminates subjects as far as 65 feet (20 meters) to produce a clear image in both day and night.
  • HD Resolution: Select a photo resolution of 3 / 5 / 8 / 12 / 16 megapixels. You may also record video and audio up to 1080p resolution individually or simultaneously with customized capture modes.
  • Records AVI Movie Clips: At 30 fps.
  • Memory Expansion: Supports standard SD memory cards up to 128GB.
  • Power Source: Uses 8 1.5V LR6/AA Batteries (not included) or External 6V DC Power Source.
  • Ultra Fast Trigger Time: Capture subjects less than 0.2 seconds after sensing motion.
  • IP66 Waterproof: IP66 waterproof design enables the H1 Blackhawk focused in the most extreme weather conditions.
  • Photo Effects: In addition to single shot mode, you can take 2-3 photos per sequence.
  • Shooting Mode: Capture photos with motion detection (Photo Mode). Capture video clips with motion detection (Video Mode). Capture photos and video clips with motion detection (Photo and Video Mode).
  • 8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by TheOffice1234, 8 out of 10
    GOOD TRAIL CAM CAM GREAT VALUE

    GOOD TRAIL CAM CAM GREAT VALUE

    REXING - H1 BLACKHAWK TRAIL CAMERA WITH DAY AND NIGHT ULTRA FAST MOTION DETECTION - GREEN

    MODEL:BBYH1BHK

    Best Buy Tech Insider Network

    REVIEW:

    This unassumingly packaged trail cam packs a lot of features and good overall quality, especially for the price. It has been about 6 years since I purchased trail cams and wow have the features and quality greatly improved. Easy to use and set up the REXING - H1 BLACKHAWK TRAIL CAM has a lot going for it. Definitely worth a close look. I do wish they included a “starter” memory card and “starter” batteries, but most things don’t, so that is not a big knock. I’m not sure what is the native size of internal image sensor due to conflicting information between the manual, the BB website, and the mfg website. I think it is really only 2MP, but I’m not 100% on that, so check on your own if this is important to you.

    PRO’s

    - Built in Color Screen

    - Full 1080P video capture

    - 16MP Still captures (extrapolated from 2MP sensor as near as I can tell)

    - Waterproof design

    - Included USB Cable

    - Configurable Side looking motion detection

    - Audio Recording (but very faint)

    SETUP

    Just stick in batteries and an SD card then work your way through the menu system to fine tune “everything” from picture quality (PQ) to video quality and duration. You can tell the REXING - H1 BLACKHAWK TRAIL CAM to use or not use Side Motion detectors. You can program motion tracking sensitivity and more.

    During my initial testing it seemed to not be taking pictures, but I think that was due to a full SD card, and me not being careful with the position of the switch. (make sure you see the countdown timer). After a few more days of careful testing and setting detection for only nighttime hours it seemed to work fine.

    TIPS

    Don’t pull the SD card unless the device is fully off. Somehow, I managed to “Lock up” the unit and had to pull the batteries to get it to start up again.

    Don’t waste your memory space on more than 2MP images, as near as I can find out that is the native sensor resolution (according to the manual). Also, although videos are fun they chew up a lot of memory space, so maybe drop the video length to only a few seconds. Because the camera uses AVI the videos are not very compressed.

    Make sure when you put into “ON” mode you watch it count down from 10 to 0. A few times I got no images because I either did not put it into ON mode (forgot) or I slid the selection from ON/SETUP/OFF too quickly.

    Make sure you have a large memory card enough to get through a day or two of captures. If the card fills up, then it just stops taking images instead of overwriting old images. You can also set an internal timer for example dusk to dawn.

    PICTURE QUALITY

    The picture quality is OK to Good. You won’t be winning any nature photography prizes with the overall PQ, but it does what it is supposed to do. Even in bright daylight the pictures are a little grainy. Perfectly fine, but this is not an SLR camera (nor is it supposed to be). My old 3MP security cameras had about the same seeming image quality which makes me think this is really a 2MP sensor. Regardless, it is perfectly sufficient to see what critters are eating your plants.

    SUMMARY RECOMMENDATION

    The REXING - H1 BLACKHAWK TRAIL CAM is feature packed and at a decent price. I have no hesitation about recommending this product for a feature packed affordably priced trail cam. I wish it came with an SD card, but that is not a show stopper when you can get one for about $10. If your thoughts are to use this for security, note that it does not seem to overwrite existing images, so once your card if full it basically stops working (at least in my testing).

    Jun 15, 2021 16:28
  • Review by benzy, 8 out of 10
    It's fine and seems durable

    I've been using this trail cam in my big back yard for a couple weeks now, hoping to catch the big hairy culprit that keeps rolling around/sleeping in my daylilies. We've had problems with raccoons doing their business in the same area in the past and I much prefer the sleeping, but I still had to find out.

    Unfortunately, no mid-sized wild furry friends have shown their faces to the camera. All I've seen are some squirrels, cats, and mice.

    I do like the options within the camera menu that allow you to tweak timing and other settings. Once you figure out how to use the thing by scrolling through the menus it has a good amount of options. Having the date, time, and ambient temp on the final shot is nice. It did take me a couple days to realize I hadn't set the date.

    The strap and closures seem sturdy and because they are very wide, I was able to find a good place to mount them in a backyard and also felt like I would have no problem finding a tree they'd fit in the woods.

    The photos are clear, though I wish I had set it to take more of them at once so I could get a better sense of a critter and pick the best shot. I also would prefer a bit wider angle on the lens to capture more of the area around, but my application was fairly close-up and I guess I'd be happy with this if I was looking for a good shot of something 10-15 feet away.

    I don't like the fact that it uses standard-size SD cards for storage. I hadn't used one of those in a few years and had to scrounge around to find a microSD adapter. Seating the SD card also required the use of a hard flat tool. My fingernail was not enough.

    Jun 22, 2021 13:23
  • Review by GoGoGomez, 10 out of 10
    Easy to use with great features

    This camera is very easy to use and comes with a lot of features at a great price point.

    My favorite part of the camera is the built-in color screen to view the pictures. It's going to be so convenient being able to see the pictures out in the woods and decide if there is anything worthwhile to bring the chip in or just leave it for more pictures. So far I have only tested it in my yard and it picked up movement very well and took great pictures and video. I have a still image of a rabbit uploaded here on the review that it picked up, and wish I could share the videos of the rabbit and the person spraying our lawn as it would show how great it picked up the movement. The files of the video are just too large for this review at around 60mb for 10 seconds.

    The setup is very easy and straightforward. You’ll see in the photo the temperature was set at Celsius but once I realized it, I quickly went in and changed it to Fahrenheit. There are also settings for the photo and video resolution, length of the video, and motion and sensitivity sensors. When you activate the camera for use, it also counts down from 10 allowing you to get out of the way. I have not owned the camera long enough to know how long the 8 AA batteries last but appreciate that they are also easy to access while the camera is mounted.

    Overall, this camera seems like a can’t miss at this price point.

    Jun 06, 2021 13:01
  • Review by EngineerMom, 8 out of 10
    Good basic trail cam

    The Rexing H1 Blackhawk is a decent, all purpose trail cam that will give standard definition photos in both high and low level lighting.

    In the box is the trail camera, mounting hardware, mounting strap, usb to mini usb, and instructions. Note, you need to purchase an SD card. I picked up a 128GB ultra (120 mb/s) card and the trail cam has performed read/write functions as expected. Setup is simple, determine where you want to mount, find the best mounting approach, and you're done. There is a small mounting plate included with included hardware to allow for a screw attachment at the base of the camera. The photos I've uploaded were taken using a strap and mounting directly to a tree in the area I wanted to monitor. To setup, there are two clips on the side that hold the camera together. Open the clips and when opened, the left half has a LCD screen, 8 buttons, and a toggle switch. The right half is the battery compartment. For batteries, the camera will operate off of 4 AA batteries, and the battery compartment will allow for up to 8 batteries, extending the time you can leave the camera in place without changing batteries.

    The operation of the camera is intuitive, turn the switch to setup, select "menu" and the arrow buttons allow you to scroll through setup options such as resolution for both photo and video, audio recording, video length, the number of photos taken in series, sensitivity, shot lag starting at 5 seconds and going up to 60 minutes, side motion sensor on/off, sensitivity, recording time on/off and duration, time lapse, language, endless capture, time / date, photo stamp, temperature units, and password protection. Lots of options if you want a specific configuration, for my purposes I set a 5 second lag and a 2 series shoot as well as turned on video.

    To review images and video, the LCD screen is decent, and you can view the photos on the screen, eject the SD card and save them via card reader, or connect the USB cable and view them on a computer. I found the photo stamp and temperature were nice features to have, and the image resolution was standard. I would not consider this a camera you could use for security purposes unless the individual was near to the lens and not moving quickly. The night photos were surprisingly clear and vision extended at least 10' from the camera placement. Some of the feature further away washed out, but larger objects, such as trees were still visible. See uploaded photos for comparison between day and night at same location.

    The results from my settings, with medium sensitivity, were quite a few photos of bugs flying at night, a few triggers when the wind blew the rope ladder, etc. The videos that were triggered were from longer events, such as chickens moving into the viewing field and being active. The reason for four stars is that there were times the family intentionally tried to trigger the camera, and I have no recording or photo of these events. While not a deal breaker, I wouldn't use the cam for security based on this in combination with the resolution.

    Overall its a great basic, keep an eye on the trail / feeder / outdoor camera. I have confidence that I wouldn't fill up the 128 GB SD card with medium traffic area photos, and the 8 batteries would ensure I could leave it for a few months without checking in.

    Jun 15, 2021 20:35
  • Review by Posted1, 8 out of 10
    Decent Choice

    Not a bad camera... Setup was simple and intuitive. A little playing around and you'll be able to fine-tune it to your liking/needs.

    In the box is the camera, USB cable, mounting options, a strap and documentation. Please note, you will need 8 AA batteries and a memory card. It will support up to 128 G.

    As mentioned, set-up was simple but you will probably need to play around to get what you need.

    In the pictures, you will notice the amazingly rare and elusive Canis Lupus PieDogorus in it's natural environment in the back 1/3rd of 1850 Post Manor. In the other picture, you will also see the equally rare and elusive Canis Lups DoozerDogorus also at 1850 Post Manor as well.

    The pictures will offer you a great opportunity to see what goes on when you are not around and to scout potential hunting sites or watch what kind of shenanigans happen around your campsite at night.

    We are heading to Wellington Lake high up in the Rocky Mountains of Colorado tomorrow for a few nights starting tomorrow. I am looking forward to experimenting more and getting to know this camera and our campsite better.

    End of the day, I would recommend to a friend.

    **PLEASE NOTE, this product was provided to me at reduced or no cost in exchange for an honest and unbiased review. This review is exactly that, hones and unbiassed.**

    Jun 09, 2021 19:38
  • Review by LittleAVGuy, 6 out of 10
    Pretty good pictures, build quality concerns

    I live in a wooded area and I have had several trail/game cameras over the last couple of years, and I enjoy seeing what it roaming around the area.

    This is the fourth camera I have used, and it is very similar in function and overall design to the others I have had previously. In operation the interface is simple to navigate, and basic setup is quick and easy. The small screen inside is clear for both the setup and scanning through the pictures, though like all of these cameras, it isn't adequate for seeing details. Similar to my other cameras, this one came with a simple strap to attach the camera to a tree trunk or similar item, and a threaded socket on the bottom so that it can be screwed onto a camera mount, which is my preference.

    Over the course of the time that I had it out before reviewing it, I only got a couple of pictures. In fact, it was so few that I tested the camera sensors by walking in front and around it to make sure it was triggering. It seems like this camera takes fewer "wasted" pictures than my other cameras caused by moving trees, changes in lighting, etc...Overall, it seems like the sensors are little less sensitive than my other cameras (I run them all at max sensitivity) which has led to longer battery life, fewer pictures to check through, but it does seem to miss some shots based on my unscientific testing. The picture quality when it does take a picture is pretty good. At 16mp, pictures look pretty close to a 20mp camera I have in daylight, and the night-vision shots actually look better than any of the other ones I have now.

    My biggest concern with this camera is the build quality. It just doesn't seem like it will survive a long time in our ever changing New England weather. The overall feel is very inexpensive. Unlike my other cameras, the latches are simply single piece plastic "snap" catches without the familiar toggle style latches that can be opened and closed a lot without wear and tear. There is no soft gasket to make the two halves more water-tight. The battery compartment door doesn't seat quite flush and tight. Finally the SD card slot seems very sloppy in function and it has been difficult at times to fully seat or remove the card. These quality issues would make me unwilling to recommend it as I have other cameras that are similar in price an picture quality, but with much better build quality.

    Jun 22, 2021 18:51
  • Review by PhillipB, 10 out of 10
    Great wildlife and urban camera.

    This outdoor wildlife camera was an interesting item for me to try.

    So this can be used in wildlife or in urban life just the same in my opinion. I tested it in the urban setting. I hung it on my driveway gate and put it low enough to capture my dog romping around and hanging out at her favorite spot.

    The outcome was pretty cool.

    Let's start with setup. This item comes with a belt which is large enough to wrap around pretty large diameter tree. It also comes with anchor plate and screw post so you can permanently affix it to a fixed object if you want. So the options are limitless. Unpacking was easy. I had to get 8 AA batteries. Ouch. Luckily I have rechargeable AA batteries so that was good. Menu setup was easy. Different options to capture along with video or no video resolution settings etc. All was easy to setup. I decided to use the strap to fasten which was really easy to use. This was for day use. With an 8 GB SD Card it lasted with highest resolution taking both still and video images from 9 am till 1 pm the same day. This was from all the movement my dog and my kids and my family created that day. After the card reaches its limit it stopped taking footage. So keep that in mind when setting this device and also timing retrieving the device. Also the motion sensor is really sensitive. It picked up my umbrella moving and took almost constant footage because of this (umbrella was about 20 ft away). Also the best focal point is about 10 feet away. Anything further in distance and it gets blurry. So keep that in mind as well.

    Night mode was pretty good. The amount of infrared that this thing pumps out is amazing. It really allows for full capture and makes sure that whatever is moving and gets captured is lit up and can be taken by this this Rexing outdoor camera.

    Full day of capturing did not deplete the battery at all. It was still fully charged from when I charged it originally.

    I would recommend this product if you want to capture wildlife or urban life impromptuly and on the fly.

    I would recommend this product if you want to enjoy footage for outdoors or in the urban setting. It was easy to setup and easy to pull the data down and share. Nice job Rexing.

    Jun 05, 2021 23:42
  • Review by stevefromtheburbs, 10 out of 10
    Best trail cam I've used, and I've used a few

    I have to tell you that I've been a fan of these, not for hunting, but for security purposes. It started when someone stole the wheels and tires off of my new Subaru Crosstrek when they first came out; my wife wanted this car because of the wheels, seems someone else did too. Found it up on cinder blocks. Since I live in a condo controlled townhouse, I had to find something quick and not permanent that I could use to record activity that was happening in front of my house, back of my house, etc. So I started looking at these trail cams. Since then, I've played around with quite a few of them. I like this one the best.

    Rexing makes the dashcams I've used in my cars (still do). And this is basically a dashcam in a box. But it isn't that simple. There are things about this that make it a great trail cam. One of the best is the ability to record still frame images AND video at the same time! That is huge. And I am recording at 1080p and that video is very impressive. Don't believe me? Check out the screen shots in the image review section. Very impressive!

    It was well thought out with the IR light, side motion detectors, a place to put on a padlock, and also a pin code to lock down the unit. The mounting hardware that comes with it is very well thought out too. I am very impressed, and for the money spent, you will be too. They put a lot of value into this unit.

    As luck would have it, the pesky fox that has been hanging around showed up on the first night I had this out front. He is eating berries that are falling off the tree. And who knows what else. So, this captured him from like 2" in front of the unit. Impressive. The bird too. But the bird pic is taken in the morning when there was heavy rain and overcast skies. You can see it is a bit dark. But to be expected. You do get good detail none-the-less.

    The built in playback screen seals the deal for me. For ones that don't have that, forget it. You can't see anything and have to keep taking the card in/out to see how it is positioned and if in the right spot. Also, the slide switch to activate the unit, put it into playback/programming, and off, that is a valuable feature. Very valuable.

    If you don't know what to get, I will tell you from my personal experience, this is a decent unit. And it plays back on MAC or Windows computer.

    Jun 02, 2021 20:56
  • 8.6score
    eufy Security Wired Video Doorbell 2C, 5-Day Continuous Video Recording, No Monthly Fees, Local Storage, Free Chime
    Description

    eufy Security Wired 2K Video Doorbell. 2K Resolution, 5-Day Continuous Video Recording (CVR) on Secure Local Storage, No Monthly Fees, Human Detection, 2-way Audio, and Free Wireless Chime included.

    5 Features
  • See Them Arrive in Full HD: The sharp 2K image, combined with our advanced HDR and Distortion Correction, ensures every video is recorded in 2x the quality*. NOTE: The doorbell requires existing doorbell wires at 16-24 VAC, 30 VA, or above.
  • The Alerts Which Matter: With AI technology and our sophisticated algorithm, the camera intelligently detects body shape and face pattern. Ensuring you are only alerted when a human, and not a stray cat, is at the door.
  • Keeps Track of the Last 5 Days: Records and stores every second of the last 5 days onboard the device, allowing you to check any and all events, no matter how big or small.
  • Ready to Use Storage: 32GB of built-in storage allows each recording to be saved directly to the device meaning there is no need to use or purchase an external SD card. Free Upgraded Electronic Chime Included - The new and improved chime supports 8 themed ringtones and an adjustable volume level.
  • Record 24/7, 365: With Continuous Video Recording (CVR), Floodlight Camera 2 Pro records continuously, so you can scan through your entire video history: See everything before, during, and after an event
  • 8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by nhtechie, 8 out of 10
    Great doorbell but unusual false positives

    I felt like I was one of the last people around without some sort of video doorbell - but no longer.

    Short version:

    Pros:

    A 16V transformer is fine

    Easy Install

    No issues with combined 2.4/5G SSIDs

    Pre programmed phrases to say to people outside

    2-way talking

    Customizable App notification sound

    Motion detection zones

    Cons:

    Frequent Motion Detection false-positives

    Wall-powered doorbell chime tone only configurable on the chime itself

    Install:

    As you can see in the photos, I have a 16V doorbell transformer from the early 80s; the specs indicated that 16V was the minimum and I really hoped it would work and it did.

    The unboxing was simple, however there was something that concerned me: when I removed the doorbell to inspect it, the tiny screws that go into the doorbell itself, came falling out and luckily for me, landed in the box. As I found out during installation, those are for the power connections and it would have been catastrophic if I wasn’t paying attention and lost one. See the photos for an example.

    Since I took so many photos and am only allowed 6 to upload, I created a few collages so you could all get a better look into the install.

    From start to finish, I completed the install in 60 minutes - and I’m far from a home improvement expert, but I get stuff done. These were the rough steps: cut the power, jump the old chime, pull the old doorbell, mount the bracket, connect the wires to the Eufy, lock it in place, restore power, configure.

    The only slight obstacle I ran into, was the distance between the wiring hole and the siding above were too close to cleanly mount the bracket and then be able to connect the doorbell to the bracket. I used a multi-tool to cut the bottom of the board above where the doorbell would extend to. At that point, it became easier to work with.

    Once that was done & I thought I was ready to go, I hit the power and walked back up to the doorbell. It was in direct sunlight so I couldn’t see any lights or anything on the unit; I was looking for a blinking red light, indicating that my 16V transformer wasn’t sufficient; no lights that I could tell were on at all!

    I use the Eufy Spotlight Camera already, so I opened up the App and went to add the doorbell, following the directions. Setup was easy and it also tested the voltage / transformer capabilities first. Luckily for me it passed, so 16V was enough. Pairing the wall-plugged doorbell worked without issue as well.

    My Wi-Fi coverage is robust and constantly being tuned, so I didn’t have any issues with connectivity/signal strength during, or post-setup. My network does not have a different 2.4 vs 5G network and it had no problem finding the 2.4G network, as some products do with a combined SSID.

    Setting up motion detection zones was easy and works as expected. If you have some fish-eye vignette images in play, you can just about eliminate it via an App option and the night-vision is very clear. Internally there is 32GB of rotating storage which should be perfectly fine for most; adjust the sensitivity if you’re pulling too many passers-by.

    Overall, the App does offer quite a bit of customization - even configuring your own phrases to compliment the pre-configured ones. 1080p vs 1440p is also quite nice, if you're not constantly recording.

    I do have a complaint with this. Motion Detection trips 3-4 false positives per night (moth? bug?) - and the icon it shows for the “person” is … my basketball hoop? More accurately, the base of my basketball hoop - see the photos. I'm also on a lower sensitivity setting, so this is a bit of a nuisance at 0200.

    Using the App in low-bandwidth locations to react to notifications is very choppy, or not usable at all, so I recommend using “auto” for the stream as it’ll be less intensive and will likely result in better performance and usability.

    I have Eufy tied into Google Home and can say “show the doorbell” on my hub and it’ll do so. It seems as if the stream is delayed by 13 seconds, but the same goes for the floodlight as well.

    I’ve had no issues with this Eufy doorbell camera, just as I haven’t had any issues with the Eufy floodlight camera. Now, if they only had some solar chargeable outdoor wireless cameras, I’d be set.

    Oct 12, 2020 23:56
  • Review by Danno, 10 out of 10
    Awesome Smart Doorbell!

    This is a review for the wired version of the eufy smart doorbell. So far I'm loving the eufy Smart doorbell. Instant likes: easy install, no monthly fee, great in-app features.

    Out of the box it seemed daunting of a setup. I mean, it's a wired smart doorbell. To my surprise, it's a very easy installation... Just read the directions and have faith. It won't take you more than an hour from start to finish. I applaud eufy because the setup instructions were very good. They even offered a setup video if you're more of a visual learner.

    Most people won't have to drill holes for the doorbell, and if you are one of those... You're lucky. My house is stucco, so I had to go to Home Depot to purchase a mason 1/4 inch drill bit. Obviously stars won't be impacted because it's not BB or eufy's issue. Once I purchased the right one for about $4, installation was easy!

    My doorbell wires weren't long enough to connect to the device, but fortunately an extender was provided. It was then very easy to attach to the wires to the device, but it was tough to close it at the end. The extender wires that connect to the device stay straight, which made a slight awkward angle to close the unit. I felt like I had to shimmy the wires a few directions until it fully closed.

    Once the doorbell is installed, it shows a yellow light around the bell portion. This was great, because it meant I was good to proceed to connecting it to my wifi. Red indicator means something isn't on right or not enough power. It connected quickly to my WIFI and updated itself. From there I downloaded the mobile app and created an account. I then synced the indoor chime to the doorbell, which was just holding down a button for two seconds. Very easy. I like how there're multiple chimes to choose from. Hopefully they add a few more in the next patch update.

    I have an overhang over my front door, so this provides a clean clear picture. I must admit, the picture provides a sharp super impressive 2K.I live in an area where it gets really hot, so I'm happy it won't be in the direct sun. I was able to test it a few times, and it alerted me when someone was approaching the door. It's a bit sensitive, but luckily you can change the settings within the app. Just find what works best for your environment. It also shows a "snapshot" image next to the video, capturing the person's face. Love this feature!

    Quick needs to get started:Screw driver, mason 1/4 inch drill bit (if necessary), existing doorbell wires, transformer power adapter 16v ac or 30va or above, wifi, eufySecurity app.

    Pros:

    No monthly fee!

    App

    Full HD, 2K image picture

    Sound quality

    Digital chime (upgrade)

    Can alert my smartphone

    5-day continuous recording

    Provided a wire extension

    Setup instructions were very good

    Angle wall mount

    Weatherproof

    Human detection

    Voice assistant, so I can use my Google Smart Hub!

    Can talk to someone through the doorbell from the app

    Cons:

    Make sure you have the right tools to mount (had to purchase the proper drill bit)

    Unit is a little warm to the touch

    Sometimes detects a human when no one is there (happens about 3x a day)

    Overall:

    I'm very pleased I didn't need to be a handyman or electrician to install this. Patience is key and everything went smooth. It was a great personal victory. My only ding so far is that even when I adjusted the sensitivity feature, it alerts me that it detects a human, when no one is there. I don't mind though, because I'd rather it alert me than not. The picture and sound are fantastic. I've been wanting a smart doorbell for sometime. I've put it off because most others require monthly fees. This is a no brainer. There's a one-time purchase at the store, then nothing. It's perfect for those that want a smart doorbell without paying a monthly fee.

    Oct 19, 2020 18:46
  • Review by CKent, 10 out of 10
    No fees and keeps working when internet goes out

    Let me start by saying I've had that other brand video doorbell for almost a year now, and this Eufy is taking its place, and I couldn't be happier about it.

    Number 1, there's absolutely NO subscription! Once you pay for this Eufy, you get full use without ever having to worry about your videos being held hostage behind a subscription fee.

    Part of why they can do that is because video is stored locally on the doorbell and not the cloud. Another huge benefit of this, is that even if your internet goes out, the doorbell still works! It still detects motion and it still records video. Your internet can be out for days and you can feel at ease knowing that once it comes back you'll be able to access any motion events during that time. This is completely unlike that other doorbell, where if you don't have internet, it can't upload anything to the cloud, and therefore you lose any and all motion events and recordings during that time. This is a big deal for me because my internet tends to go out frequently and sometimes my home network can be spotty.

    The motion detection is really good too. It's not too sensitive and that helps stop needless recordings. And with the average number of motion events most people probably get at their front doors you won't have to worry about running out of storage for quite some time.

    Installation is really easy and the instructions are simple to understand. Just make sure the power is off!

    The one thing I don't like about this Eufy is that you can't use the doorbell chime you already have in the house. In fact, you have to install a jumper cable in it to bypass it entirely. I understand that this is to allow the doorbell to get all the power it needs, especially since there's no battery, but its still a bummer. It means you have a useless chime taking up space on the wall.

    In its place you have to plug in an electric chime somewhere. It's not big and lets you choose different doorbell tones, even holiday ones, which is neat, but they sound a bit weak and don't resonate like a normal doorbell does. I have 2 dogs that go berserk anytime the old doorbell rings, even when an authentic sounding one goes off in a tv show or movie. But not with this little plug-in chime. So far they haven't barked once when it's been rung. They probably think it's just one of my daughter's toys!

    Aside from the chime I love everything else about this doorbell. The app is great and lets you adjust the settings, and even asks you if you need help with your phone settings if it thinks you're not getting notifications. But overall, the fact that there's no subscription fees and the video is stored locally is such a huge factor for me that I can't give it any less than 5 stars.

    Oct 16, 2020 08:29
  • Review by DavidJr, 10 out of 10
    Easy if you already have a wired doorbell

    I think it took me longer to find which circuit breaker went to my doorbell than it did to install this doorbell camera. Simply two screws out for the old doorbell, two screws to remove wires, two screws for the new bracket and two screws to attach the wires and snap it in place. The only odd thing was that the two new screws for attaching the wire to the camera were loose in the box, so be aware that those tiny things may be in falling out and not in a small bag like the other screws.

    The app is simple to set up after you scan the QR code on the camera. It runs some tests to verify voltage, connects to the WiFi and your up and running. The wireless chime box only needs to be plugged in and synced with the camera. Then you have a selection of chimes to go along with it.

    The quality of the camera is pretty good and there are plenty of settings to help make the picture better. Such as HDR, distortion correction to get rid of that fisheye look and the recording quality. As far as motion detection, leaving it at the default, it detects humans with pretty good accuracy going in and out of the house. There were a few times it triggered on a light and shadows and at least once it didn’t even notice I walked in the house. However, you can enable continuous recording and capture everything, no matter what. However, it drops the resolution from 2K to 1080, which is still really good, and videos will be overwritten a lot quicker, under 4 days.

    There is a setting so that when you get notifications of motion you can either go straight to live view or the recorded event. In live view you can then use default audio responses or your own personal recordings as well as speaking directly to them. You can have a little fun with the pre-recorded responses as well.

    If you have smart assistants like Amazon Alexa and Google Assistant you can use voice commands to show the camera on a TV capable of casting the video. There is also capability to watch the live feed or subscribe to cloud storage through mysecurity.eufylife site. However, it is a bit dated with still using Adobe Flash and does not offer access to recordings on the device.

    Overall, it is a great added security feature for any home with a doorbell already installed or if you plan to run doorbell power anyways.

    Oct 13, 2020 23:24
  • Review by elitegangsta, 10 out of 10
    Outstanding Video Doorbell, Unbeatable Value

    Setup

    Installation of the Eufy video doorbell 2k pro (wired) was extremely straight forward. You need to shut off the breaker to your doorbell. Despite doorbells being low voltage, this is always a good idea when dealing with electrical anything. Once disabled, I removed the cover to my existing 2 tone (ding-dong) chime. I connected the supplied bridge adaptor which connects the primary power to the transformer. This disabled the current chime, so you need to then plug in the supplied wireless chime into a nearby power outlet.

    *Note* Eufy labels all of the items with sequential numbers so you can easily identify which items go with which instruction step.

    I then removed the outside doorbell button and placed the included fram over the area for fitment. Eufy supplies a template for this, I chose to not use the template and just mark using the frame itself. I drilled 2 pilot holes with my drill using a 1/4” bit then screwed the frame to the outer door trim. Eufy supplies you with an angled frame or a straight frame. The angles frame helps the camera cover areas that may be blocked by other objects. In my case, I used the straight frame. I connected the wires by wrapping them around the included screws, tightened them down then clipped the doorbell onto the frame/bracket. After a second or two the doorbell light up yellow indicating it was ready to move to the next step.

    I downloaded the Eufy security app on my iPhone and followed the steps to create an account followed by joining the doorbell to my home wifi. The final step was to pair the doorbell to the chime. In my case, the chime is about 30 feet away central to the main first floor hallway and audible through the entire house. Once paired it walks you through a test to ensure things are working. Mine was successful the first time.

    I proceeded to setup some basic preferences such as illuminating the LED ring on the bell itself during night time. This is both for security and potential guests being able to easily fine the doorbell. I completed my installation in the late evening, so it was already dark by the time I finished the install. I was able to take advantage of the night vision feature right at this time. My entire front yard was visible and clearly seem despite otherwise being fairly dark (photo attached).

    The chime includes various chimes which you can cycle through by clicking the bottom on the top of the chime itself. It also has 8 holiday themed chimes to choose from, making it a fun element to various holiday seasons. For the time being, I left mine on the initial default as I found it very pleasant and fit my needs perfectly.

    Over the course of the next few days, I would get alerts from delivery folks and others that came to my door. It was nice to be able to see a package delivery notification during times they did not ring the doorbell. I live in a very safe neighborhood where porch pirating is not a thing I’ve ever experienced, and I often see packages left on porches for what appears to be days sometimes. It is nice to have the added security though in the even someone does decide to steal or damage something on the property. I found very little false positives, though sometimes a tree branch, bird, or other motions will trigger the “human alert” when in fact, no humans were present at the time.

    I found the talk feature to be especially nice for when sales folks came to the door. I am working remote from home so it was easy to talk via the doorbell to let them know “I am busy working, I am not interested in talking about your product, have a nice day” and send them on their way. This. Is also nice during COVID to eliminate human to human contact on things that are not necessary.

    Eufy provides 5 days of continuous recording for absolutely free! Let me state that again. 5 days. Continuous recoding. FREE. With NO monthly subscription. Videos are stored in 2k resolution as well. I’ve found all of the recordings I have watched to be in outstanding clarity. The doorbell even has an HDR feature if the clarity is not good enough. It is recommended HDR be turned off unless it is needed. This alone makes this product heads above anything else on the market. This is worth 3x the price of admission.

    If Eufy had a downfall, it would be the lack of full integration with other virtual assistants, such as Google Assistant or Apple Homekit. You can however control other accessories such as security cameras or other Eufy security products with these smart assistants, but the doorbell unfortunately was not recognized by either my Google Home account or Apple HomeKit. This is far from a deal breaker providing the fact the first party application is fantastic, the lack of monthly cost or 5 days worth of cloud storage. I did find this a bit disappointing though as someone who likes to have everything in my environment operating off a single pane of glass. For now, I’ll happily live without Homekit integration. It Eufy can get this added in a later update, this will be the greatest doorbell on the market. There are currently (at time of writing) very few options for HomeKit users, and the ones available are expensive. Eufy would KNOCK IT OUT OF THE PARK with this additional feature.

    Overall, I am very impressed with the Eufy video doorbell 2k pro (wired). I will be recommending this as my go to solution when asked by friends or clients. Unless you absolutely require full Google Assistant or Home Kit integration, you should highly consider this product for its security, high value, and very nice looking product.

    Oct 24, 2020 09:59
  • Review by bzma2, 8 out of 10
    Great Features

    I have mixed feelings about this product. We had an existing wiring for our previous door bell. It was not maximized for the height recommended for Eufy doorbell, but we didn't want to re-wire and mess with the wall. At the end, we found out that the height at 4' and some change was good enough to see people's faces.

    Installation is somewhat easy with only 2 wires required. It came with target to position on the wall, and it also came with a wedge which was useful in our situation.

    Connecting to our network took a bit of struggle. It required several rebooting. When it finally connected, later at night it was offline, and despite several attempts to remove and add it back on, it was not able to get re-connected. I finally had to use a paperclip to reset the doorbell. From then, it has been pretty stable.

    Alerts have been very prompt and it gave me an option to answer the doorbell from my phone, which was very cool when you're on second floor. Door chime is very easy to set up. However, we found that the volume even at the loudest is not as loud as our previous chime.

    The app is fairly easy to use. There's an option for AI facial recognition that I'm still reluctant to use. The idea is to quickly identify family members from stranger danger.

    Overall, it has been an okay experience. There is a spot on our porch where Amazon normally drops our packages because it's behind a pillar, but it's out of the view of the camera due to its positioning. But this is not the product's fault, primarily due to the existing location of the previous wiring. Video quality is very clear and voice quality is very good as well.

    Oct 19, 2020 02:27
  • Review by Powerfuru, 6 out of 10
    No subscription is great, Motion detection is BAD

    Motion detection has been awful. I have set the sensitivity to full and I get the motion only when the person is 6-7 feet away. If someone comes to the door at 8 feet and then leaves the doorbell won’t capture it as motion at all. I have emailed eufy support all the details and still waiting on their response.

    Oct 23, 2021 03:13
  • Review by Quincy0980, 10 out of 10
    One of the best video doorbells on the market

    I received my Eufy doorbell and was eager to install it. The unit comes with the doorbell-camera, mounting brackets, screws and a separate door chime unit that takes over for your existing doorbell chimes.

    Installation was easy and straight forward using the included instructions. Note that is it important to follow the steps laid out in the instruction or you may run into some trouble. The instructions have you go between the Eufy security app on your smart phone and the instruction booklet. Wiring requires that you use a jumper to bypass the existing chimes. By using the jumper the doorbell-camera will then have stable current to run the unit. The separate doorbell chime that comes with the unit easily synchs up with the doorbell by pressing the synch button on top of the chime unit.

    Once set up and registered with the Eufy app you are ready to use it. The camera quality is excellent and the ability to set up how sensitive the camera is for notifications is a must have feature. The settings provide the user with many helpful controls to customize your doorbell camera. This is an excellent doorbell camera for any level of user. I highly recommend it.

    Oct 16, 2020 10:34
  • 8.6score
    Arlo - Ultra 2 Spotlight Camera – Indoor/Outdoor 4K Wire-Free Security Camera with Color Night Vision (Add-On Camera) - White
    Description

    Cutting edge protection, picture perfect. Zoom in to see and record video in 4K with HDR for a clearer, undistorted picture, day or night. Spend less time recharging with 6 months of battery life*. With free local storage, remotely access your locally stored videos from the included Arlo SmartHub**. The Arlo Ultra 2 Spotlight Camera is wire-free and weather-resistant to deliver fast, easy installation and flexibility to get the perfect camera view, year-round. With the integrated spotlight, see important features like faces and licenses plates in full color, at night with color night vision. Get the big picture with the 180° diagonal view. Receive smarter alerts for quicker action. Receive notifications for people, vehicles and packages and take quicker action like sound the siren, call a friend or dial emergency services with the included 3-month trial of Arlo Secure***. Ward off unwanted guests by triggering the siren or integrated spotlight automatically or manually from the Arlo App. Works with Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant, Apple HomeKit and Samsung SmartThings.

    12 Features
  • Spend less time recharging: 6 months of battery life on one charge.*
  • Free local storage: Remotely access your locally secured videos from the included Arlo SmartHub.**
  • Zoom in to see sharp details: See and record video in 4K with HDR for a clearer, undistorted picture, day or night.
  • See more at night: See important features like faces or license plates in full color, at night, with color night vision.
  • Smarter alerts, quicker action: Receive notifications for people, vehicles, and packages so you can take quick action such as sound the siren, call friend or dial emergency services, with the included, Arlo Secure trial.***
  • Light up the night: Ward off unwelcome guests using the integrated spotlight.
  • Respond quickly: Hear and speak to visitors at your door with crystal clear, wind and noise reducing, two-way audio.
  • Get the big picture: With a wide 180° diagonal viewing angle lens that has auto image correction, reducing the fish-eye effect.
  • Coverage for every corner: Fast, wire-free set up (no wiring required), delivers increased installation flexibility to get the perfect camera view.
  • Ward off unwanted guests: Set the built-in siren to trigger manually or automatically from the Arlo App.
  • Plays well with others: Works with Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant, Apple HomeKit and Samsung SmartThings
  • Weather resistant: Built to withstand the heat, cold, rain or sun.
  • 8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by SQ4u, 6 out of 10
    ultra 2

    i have had the arlo pro 2 before and i thought going to the ultra for the 4 k would make a much better difference, its true you do get a better picture but when you try a zoom it become much less quality. Battery is ok not bad, the ease of removing it you need a tool to do that but i see they changed that to a button now. i just fell that the price for the quality doesn't quit match up. and if you want the recording feature it become expensive because you have to pay for each camera, the magnetic mount isn't as versatile as the pro 2 camera as far as angle, over all i gave it 3 stars, there is room for improvement.

    Nov 12, 2021 15:48
  • Review by sjjj, 10 out of 10
    Sales

    Working with Andy at the Springfield Oregon branch in security technology was very rewarding. My career corporate sales in telecommunication. Andy is extremely proficient in product the Arlo, Google and other products analogous to Arlo. He as upbeat and easy to talk to. Best Buy is very fortunate to gave have him on board.

    Oct 29, 2021 16:39
  • Review by Rich, 8 out of 10
    Cameras

    One of the best cameras that ever seen color good I would recommend it to anybody and I purchased two of them also a doorbell

    Aug 31, 2021 21:32
  • Review by SatisfiedCustomer, 6 out of 10
    Still happy

    Bought them initially based on the higher resolution over the Pro 4 cameras however the Geek squad could not connect them in my large home via the dedicated Ultra 2 hub because of inadequate signal range, The Pro 4's readily connected to my extensive Google Wifi mesh system that the Ultra 2 could not. I am happy anyway. Let me know when you come out with super HD cams that can connect to an in house mesh Wifi system

    Oct 08, 2021 20:12
  • Review by Bruce, 10 out of 10
    Arlo security cameras

    Got home delivery within 5 hours of placing order on-line. Arlo security cameras are quick and easy to set up, and work well with smart phone App.

    Nov 15, 2021 15:01
  • Review by nick, 10 out of 10
    Arlo Ultra 2 camera

    Works better than the Ultra 1 . This has a longer WiFi range and works farther from my house . Set up needs to be done close to main unit , otherwise you can get software issues .

    May 22, 2021 14:18
  • Review by TomFromFairfax, 10 out of 10
    Add On

    I added this to a kit. It has been working just fine with very clear pictures.

    Nov 18, 2021 14:01
  • Review by DebS, 10 out of 10
    Arlo ultra V2 add-on camera

    We purchased the Arlo Ultra V2 add on camera to supplement our existing cameras. Pleasantly surprised at the detail and color images.

    Our sales person was very knowledgeable and helpful as well.

    Jul 07, 2021 20:52
  • 8.6score
    Arlo - Pro 4 Spotlight Camera Security Bundle - 3 Wire-Free Cameras Indoor/Outdoor 2K with Color Night Vision (12 pieces) - White
    Description

    Only available at Best Buy, the Arlo Pro 4 Security Bundle is an $800 value if purchased separately at regular price.* Bundle includes (3) Pro 4 Cameras, (4) Rechargeable Batteries, Dual Battery Charging Station, (3) Anti-Theft Mounts and Security Yard Sign. Pro 4 is smarter way to cover every detail. Zoom in to see and record in 2K video with HDR for a clearer, undistorted picture, day or night. Connects directly to Wi-Fi without the clutter of extra gear. Pro 4 is wire-free and weather-resistant to deliver fast, easy installation and flexibility to get the perfect camera view, year-round. With the integrated spotlight, see important features like faces and licenses plates in full color, at night with color night vision. Get the big picture with 160° diagonal view. Get smarter alerts for quicker action. With 3-months of Arlo’s Secure plan included, receive notifications for people, vehicles and packages and take quicker action like sound the siren, call a friend or dial emergency services**. Ward off unwanted guests by triggering the siren or integrated spotlight automatically or manually from the Arlo App. Works with Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant, Apple HomeKit*** and Samsung SmartThings.

    17 Features
  • Exclusive Best Buy bundle -- a $800 value if purchased separately*: Includes (3) Pro 4 Cameras, (4) Rechargeable Batteries, Dual Battery Charging Station, (3) Anti-Theft Mounts and Security Yard Sign.
  • Zoom in to see sharper details: 2x video resolution of HD lets you zoom in 12x with picture perfect detail.
  • Get the bigger picture: Wider, 160º diagonal view with auto image correction, reducing the fisheye effect.
  • See more at night: View critical details in color night vision for better identification.
  • Light up the night: Ward off unwelcome guests using the integrated spotlight.
  • Smarter alerts, quicker action: With an Arlo Secure plan, receive notifications for people, vehicles, and packages so you can take quick action such as sound the siren, call friend or dial emergency services.**
  • Noise cancelling audio: Hear and speak to visitors with clear, 2-way audio.
  • All-weather protection: Designed to withstand heat, cold, rain or sun.
  • Connects directly to Wi-Fi: No hub required for an even easier install.
  • 100% wire-free with swappable rechargeable battery: No cords or wiring hassles for a sleek install anywhere.
  • Powerful AI – object detection: With an Arlo Secure plan, recognize when a package is delivered and know the difference between a human and a tree branch.**
  • Ward off unwanted guests: Set the built-in siren to trigger manually or automatically from the Arlo App.
  • Plays well with others: Works with Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant, Apple HomeKit*** and Samsung SmartThings.
  • Anti-Theft Mounts: Protect your investment by securely locking in your cameras with a security key.
  • Dual Battery Charging Station and extra Rechargeable Battery: Always have a fully charged spare battery ready and charge 15% faster with the Dual Battery Charging Station.
  • Security Yard Sign: Let everyone know that your home is protected by Arlo.
  • Arlo Secure**: Includes 3-months of Arlo Secure for 30-day cloud recording, advanced object detection, rich notifications, cloud activity zones and more. Plans start at $3 per month per camera thereafter.
  • 8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by Dusttttyy, 10 out of 10
    Count your neighbors bricks!

    I was surprised by how this security camera. I have tested the Wyze Outdoor Camera and the ring stick up camera and i am a Ring fan but this Camera changes the game. i haven't seen many 2k cameras out there. This has a 160 degree viewing angle. Before i had to have two Ring stick up cameras but now i can just have one mounted. This not only has a ultra wide viewing it is also very smart. It has auto zoom and it detects animals , vehicles, packages, and humans. Mine is mounted on a 3rd floor story outside window ledge and it still detects the difference. the clarity is one of the best also as playback videos are 100% clear and there is no lag. The pictures i uploaded you can make out the detail like what a person is wearing or what make and model of a car is. ect. If my camera was mounted on a first or second floor i could easily tell license plates and faces.

    Mar 15, 2021 15:38
  • Review by RelentlessKG, 10 out of 10
    Money well spent

    I’m a first time home buyer. I thought someone tried breaking into my house in the middle of the night and I was all alone. That same morning I went to Best Buy and purchased this camera. The three cameras didn’t take long to install and I did it on my own. The quality is great. The picture attached is about 9:30pm. You can do many things including zoom in, make the video brighter, 2-way talk from wherever. If you park in your garage like I do, nobody will ever be able to tell if you’re home or across the country!

    Sep 25, 2021 03:07
  • Review by Arlo, 10 out of 10
    Arlo pro 4

    I love the Arlo pro 4 , it’s a great camera and has great video Quality , I love how it zooms in and the camera will move when it text the animal or person moving, the only down fall is the battery life they say it last for 6 months no it will not last that long it depends on how much motion it picks up , the one that I have in my driveway the battery was at 100% 2 days later it’s down to 92%.

    Jan 03, 2021 12:23
  • Review by Darkskys, 10 out of 10
    Caught on camera

    Have in front while the other is in back to record proof of loud neighbor after hrs yelling having parties. This one caught the car wash guy they hired. Dump his vacuum crap in front of our place along the curb. Went out and got his plates and he saw questioning I told him he needs to clean it up I got in on camera. If he dumps like this that means he dumps other stuff too and it may not be as small. This was from his first vehicle he cleaned and still had more to do. The camera is so good on zoom you could see his shorts were wet. Gross. Wonder if there cars smell like pee if he had to sit while cleaning.

    May 21, 2021 10:23
  • Review by Joseph, 4 out of 10
    Live Feed Delay, Poor Battery Life, Cheap Material

    I have not owned cameras from other companies, so I don't know how this product compares to the competition. For the following reasons, I think the Pro 4 is a poor value:

    1. Significant time delay in live feed and mobile app notifications:

    I bought these cameras because I've had packages stolen from my front door. I've had a couple instances of trespassing that my side camera has caught, but both times I wasn't able to catch the person because there was a 15-20 second delay on the mobile app feed. The camera is within 10 feet of my modem and router, so I am pretty sure this problem is due to outdated wireless technology in the transmitter.

    2. Motion detection problems:

    The camera in the front of my house goes dead within 2 days because it mistakenly detects motion. I have the motion activity detection area set to a minimal space in front of my door, but if a car goes by or a light flickers anywhere in the field of vision, the camera will send a motion alert. I tried reducing motion detection sensitivity in the app, but it did not help.

    3. Battery life:

    If you read through the reviews for this camera at any retailer, you will see the battery life is a universal issue. My cameras go dead as soon as 2 days, and in my experience last at maximum 2 weeks with little to no motion detection. Because of this, the cameras are essentially useless when used as wireless devices.

    4. Poor quality plastics

    I have to regularly dismount and recharge my cameras because the battery life is so short. When I took one down off of its mount, I accidentally dropped it and the camera popped out from its white plastic housing. The inner camera plastic cracked so severely that the camera will no longer snap into place (see photos).

    I don't recommend purchasing this camera system. I made the mistake of buying several of them at once, and I regret not returning them as soon as I started having issues.

    Mar 19, 2021 18:55
  • Review by Mukman, 10 out of 10
    Top notch

    All the same great features of the Pro 3 but now you can connect direct to Wi-Fi.

    What this means is if you do not want to buy a kit with the hub, or you need to mount it far away from your hub which may provide a weaker signal, then this is for you. Now you are not limited to the distance from your hub, but rather the distance from your home/business Wi-Fi.

    If the distance is not an issue and you plan on using with the hub, then the Pro 3 would work fine for you as well.

    I tested the new Pro 4 both as a straight Wi-Fi connection and then also through the hub. I noticed that when you create an activity zone when connected straight to Wi-Fi you are limited to drawing a square or rectangle, but when connecting through the hub I can draw any shape of activity zone I desire.

    Battery life is determined and how much the camera is activated both during the day and at night which also used the LED light.

    I get a few months out of my PRO 3 cameras on the front porch which get less activity and maybe 1-1.5 months from the camera facing my driveway which detects more traffic as this is the main entry point of our house.

    It was easy to add this camera to my system. Simply opened my Arlo app on my android device, went to devices, chose ‘Add Device’, Choose ‘Camera’, Choose my Pro 4, then follow the instructions. You will get a QR code that displays on your phone that you simply hold up to the camera about 8 inches away for the App to find and connect the camera. User friendly interface.

    The only con that I have with these cameras is when you are in live stream mode, there does seem to be at about a 5 second delay from a person's movement to actually seeing that movement on my viewing device. That also makes audio back and forth delayed as well. Hopefully, this will be tightened up with software in time.

    The Arlo Pro 4 comes with a magnetic mount. Works well at most angles, but the way mine is angled it feels a little loose. It has not moved yet and is somewhat protected by my porch so I do not foresee it being an issue, but you may need to test before mounting.

    Overall, the Arlo units are top notch cameras with a great interface. The cost to monitor and keep 30 days of history is reasonable as well.

    I have recommended to neighbors and friends.

    Dec 09, 2020 21:45
  • Review by hahanson, 8 out of 10
    Wire Free and Hub Free

    The Arlo Pro 4 Spotlight Camera works without a hub or base station, and being wire free makes installation a snap.

    Download the app, register an account, enter your wifi information then plug the battery in the camera, scan a QR code, and you're pretty much done other than the actual camera mounting itself, which is as simple as everything else. I did an indoor installation in my server room and it took me 10 minutes start to finish.

    Not requiring a hub means you will have to subscrive to their cloud storage (a 90-day free trial is included) which starts at $2.99/mo for one camera.

    The camera comes with a removable battery which you can charge using the magnetic charging cable (it takes about 3 hours for a full charge), but it requires you taking the camera down. The claimed battery life is 6 months, but I saw it drop 25-30% in a week so if you put it anwhere there is much activity, you won't see anything close to the claimed battery time. They do offer an accessory battery and charge kit, so you can simply swap batteries when they get low, as well as a solar charger to keep a constant charge.

    The Arlo Pro 4 is full of features including HD (2K) live streamin, wide angle 160-degree view, built-in spotlights and sirens, two-way audio, color night vision, rechargeable batteries, weatherproof housing and support for Alexa and Google Assistant. The 2K resolution offers a clear and bright view of what's going on.

    Overall it's hard to beat. The only negatives I found is that it only supports 2 Ghz wifi, and the magnetic mount system which makes it so easy to install would also seem like it may make it easier for an intruder to take down or steal the camera.

    Dec 16, 2020 13:50
  • Review by Treisco, 10 out of 10
    Great purchase

    Very impressed with the cameras so far. I bought the camera’s to keep an eye on my cabin up north. First night of use the notifications started going off around 11pm. The notification was labeled “animal”. When I viewed the video to my surprise it was a black bear walking past my door. The camera moved with (tracked) the bear from one side to the other. Very cool to see all the wild life.

    Nov 04, 2021 20:41
  • 8.4score
    Motorola - moto g7 plus 64GB (Unlocked) - Black
    Description

    Take your photos to the next level with a 16 MP + 5 MP dual-camera system and optical image stabilization (OIS), it’s easy to capture outstanding shots in any lighting condition every time. Power your shoots with an all-day battery and TurboPower charging. Bring images and videos to life on an ultrawide 6.2" Max Vision Full HD+ display, plus get loud, crystal clear sound from stereo speakers. Experience faster performance with a Qualcomm Snapdragon octa-core processor. Enjoy a refined design featuring 3D contoured glass and a water-repellent design. Moto g7 plus with Android 9.Benefits of unlocked phones.Learn more about why you may want an unlocked phone

    7 Features
  • Qualcomm Snapdragon 636 Processor: Experience the speed of an 1.8GHz octa-core Qualcomm Snapdragon processor in everything you do.
  • GSM Unlocked: GSM Google Android Smartphone Compatible with AT&T & T Mobile. It also works with prepaid carrier Metro by T-Mobile.
  • 16 MP dual camera with OIS.: Get picture-perfect results with a 16 MP dual camera system featuring optical image stabilization (OIS). It’s easy to capture outstanding shots in any lighting condition every time.
  • All-day battery. 27W TurboPower.: Go all day on a single charge, and get 12 hours of power in just 15 minutes. Power your shoots with an all-day battery** and TurboPower charging.
  • 6.2" Full HD+ Max Vision display.: Immerse yourself with ultrawide views on a 6.2" Full HD+ display with a 19:9 aspect ratio. Refined 3D glass design. Feel the comfort and premium quality of contoured Corning Gorilla Glass and a water-repellent design.
  • Dolby Audio tuned stereo speakers.: Enjoy loud volume, crystal clear dialogue and realistic surround sound. Plus get loud, crystal clear sound from stereo speakers.
  • Wi-Fi Hotspot Ready: Moto G7 plus offers Wi-fi hotspot connectivity in 2.4 GHz + 5 GHz for the best experience.
  • 8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by OKBestBuy, 2 out of 10
    DO NOT BUY

    Very upset with this product. Fell 2 feet on the back of the phone and shattered. Definitely not gorilla glass. Now I'm stuck with this shattered phone. Do not buy. I wish I could rate it a 0 instead of 1. Motorola went downhill after the first moto g

    Mar 27, 2021 22:43
  • Review by OCTO, 10 out of 10
    Great phone for the money I paid.

    Great phone for the price. It doesn't have the round camera like the picture suggests. To find a case that fits exactly, search for a T-Mobile Revvlry Plus, but the choices will be limited. I am using a case for the round camera model and it fits fine. I paid 120 bucks so I cannot complain.

    Jan 13, 2021 07:09
  • Review by Rabblevox, 8 out of 10
    Better than I expected, a few serious flaws.

    I've owned the Moto g7 plus for a bit over a week, and think I've learned enough to give it a preliminary review. This phone gets most things right, but a few (mostly minor) are tragically wrong. Compared to all phones I've played with, I give it a B- . Compared to other phones in it's price range, I give it an A-, maybe a straight A.

    First, this is a budget phone (currently $120 USD unlocked) and should be judged accordingly. It's spec are among the best for sub-$200 phones, and it mainly delivers on those specs. Frustratingly, where it falls short has nothing to do with compromising to hit a price point, but pure sloppy decisions. I'll do praises first, then the digs.

    First, the fit and finish is fantastic. It does not look or feel like a cheap phone at all, and is a delight to hold. The screen is bigger, faster, and brighter than anyone should expect. Viewing outside in medium sun from an angle wasn't a problem. The sound is close to the best I've ever heard on a phone. The stereo Dolby speakers sound as good as you could hope, it's a pleasure to listen to music without my earbuds.

    The OS is remarkably clean. Aside from a few Google apps you might not want, there is zero bloatware, that's a real blessing. Motorola's own software is brilliant, and you will want to use it. Wi-Fi and Bluetooth both set up with no problem (though that's probably due more to Android 10 than Motorola). The guts under the hood give you good speed (Asphalt 9 runs fine, albeit with eye candy turned down) and better than average battery life (though not as good as it's stablemate, the g7 power). Speaking of power, the turbo USB-C charger is the bomb. I was able to go from drained to 80% in 30 min.

    Lastly, on the good side, the rear-facing cameras are plenty good enough for most uses. (and if you're looking for a pro level cam, look elsewhere).

    Like I said, LOTS to like in this phone. Now to the dark side.

    While the rear cameras aren't bad for a budget phone, the front (selfie) camera is virtually broken. The depth of field settings don't work as advertised, and everything beyond about 4 feet is blurred. This seems like a stupid problem that should have been solved with a simple tweak.

    Next bonehead move, memory. 4 GB ram, 64 GB storage (expandable to 1 TB w/SD card) sounds really good. Except it's not. While you can store up to 1 TB on an SD card, you can only use it for media files. For apps, you're hard locked to 64 GB (actually about 50 GB useable, the OS takes a chunk). That is remarkably stupid, and avoidable. For many years, most phones that had an SD slot could use that storage for apps (especially ones you didn't need often). Even older, more primitive Motorola phones, including the g6 and g7 lines. 64 GB might be plenty of apps for most people, but not for all, and letting you put apps on an SD is just basic phone tech these days. This is an unforced error that didn't save Motorola a penny.

    The cord on the charger is unfortunately short. One more foot would have made a difference.

    The phone has only minimal water resistance. I live in a wet climate, so more would have been better, but again you get what you pay for.

    Protection brings me to my last point, and the one that irks me the most, but has nothing to do with the phone itself.

    There is no case for this phone, not anywhere on the planet, if you have the version with the "racetrack", or oval phone, the best you can do is an approximation that will never quite fit. This is especially infuriating because earlier iterations of this phone came with a simple clear shock case. Plenty for most people, and probably costs 80 cents to make. I sometimes am rough with my phones, and if I had known this ahead of time it would have been a show-stopper. I need to use my phone as a tool, not baby it like a hothouse orchid.

    So in sum, it's really a very good phone for the money, with some features that only show up at triple the price. I am very happy with the phone itself, but the lack of a case is a serious hinderance for me. If your use will mostly be inside, this might be a non-issue, and you can enjoy a way better than average phone that punches out of it's weight class.

    And remember, I'm just an ordinary Joe, with my own opinions.

    Apr 03, 2021 23:36
  • Review by Chuck, 8 out of 10
    There's a learning curve for a first time user

    Phones have come a long way from the days of a phone that had a single function -- to make and answer telephone calls. This is my first smart phone. I bought it because so many businesses now use a smart phone to access various offerings (you can pay by phone, have coupons on your phone, have a boarding pass on a phone, and on some cruise ships a cell phone will function as a super key card for opening a cabin door and making purchases onboard). The Moto G7 plus is beautiful and versatile and packed with a lot more stuff than I want or need and that's my only complaint -- I spend hours trying to learn what all those little icons stand for, and trying to make the phone do what I want it to do and look the way I want it to look but then, without warning, something else pops up that I didn't ask for and my attempts to get it off the screen take me to yet another screen that I didn't want to go to. A month from now I may feel that it is an always needed personal device, but the learning curve is annoying for now.

    Jan 16, 2021 16:51
  • Review by Fantastic, 10 out of 10
    Great phone and a great price

    For $150 sale price it’s one of the best deals out there. The sound quality when using voice is incredible. I like the fact that it has a spot on the Sim card tray for a microSD card for expanded memory beyond the built in 64 GB for extra storage

    Sep 18, 2021 07:29
  • Review by Niesha, 10 out of 10
    Love it

    Very good phone great price I never regret buying it.

    Apr 18, 2021 08:22
  • Review by RAMINC, 8 out of 10
    G7+ in a REVVEL+ Form

    This arrived as a T-Mobile REVVEL+ body a with a OVAL camera. Phone has the specifications and phone information of a Motorola G7+ phone. (In Android settings) NOT a round camera - View images of a REVVL+ Read in tech forums that Motorola made some combined one-off phone combo phone as the G8 was to be the new G model. Very strange. Great deal for the phone and performance. You MUST buy a phone case for a REVVEL+

    Dec 28, 2020 12:32
  • Review by Happy, 10 out of 10
    Very Nice

    I decided to ditch my landline since AT&T now charges an outrageous monthly cost for a phone I rarely use. I bought the Motorola Moto G7 plus as a back-up phone and switched the landline number to this phone. I was hesitant to get rid of the landline, but I am very happy with this phone! I bought it on sale and I think it was a great deal. It has been pretty easy for me to get used to this phone. I like the display. I like the sound on this phone better than my Sony smart phone & my galaxy s4 tablet. This phone has a slick finish and seems to "travel" on its own and slipped off a table a few times. It took those falls quite well. Very sturdy phone. I haven't used the camera much and can't really comment on it. I am glad that I bought this phone.

    Oct 19, 2021 20:53
  • 8.4score
    Arlo - Pro 4 Spotlight Camera – Indoor/Outdoor 2K Wire-Free Security Camera with Color Night Vision (3-pack) - White
    Description

    A smarter way to cover every detail. Zoom in to see and record video in 2K with HDR for a clearer, undistorted picture, day or night. Spend less time recharging with 6 months of battery life*. Connects directly to Wi-Fi without the clutter of extra gear. Pro 4 is wire-free and weather-resistant to deliver fast, easy installation and flexibility to get the perfect camera view, year-round. With the integrated spotlight, see important features like faces and licenses plates in full color, at night with color night vision. Get the big picture with 160° diagonal view. Get smarter alerts for quicker action. Receive notifications for people, vehicles and packages and take quicker action like sound the siren, call a friend or dial emergency services with the included 3-month trial of Arlo Secure**. Ward off unwanted guests by triggering the siren or integrated spotlight automatically or manually from the Arlo App. Works with Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant, Apple HomeKit*** and Samsung SmartThings.

    13 Features
  • Spend less time recharging: 6 months of battery life on one charge.*
  • No hub required: Connect directly to Wi-Fi.
  • Zoom in to see sharp details: See and record video in 2K with HDR for a clearer, undistorted picture, day or night.
  • See more at night: See important features like faces or license plates in full color, at night, with color night vision.
  • Smarter alerts, quicker action: Receive notifications for people, vehicles, and packages so you can take quick action such as sound the siren, call friend or dial emergency services, with the included, Arlo Secure trial.**
  • Light up the night: Ward off unwelcome guests using the integrated spotlight.
  • Respond quickly to notifications: Hear and speak to visitors at your door with clear, two-way audio.
  • Get the bigger picture: With a wide 160° diagonal viewing angle lens that has auto image correction, reducing the fish-eye effect.
  • Coverage for every corner: Fast, wire-free set up (no wiring required), delivers increased installation flexibility to get the perfect camera view.
  • Ward off unwanted guests: Set the built-in siren to trigger manually or automatically from the Arlo App.
  • Plays well with others: Works with Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant, Apple HomeKit*** and Samsung SmartThings.
  • Protection year-round: Built to withstand the heat, cold, rain or sun.
  • Powerful AI – object detection: Recognizes when a package is delivered and knows the difference between a human and a tree branch.
  • 8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by Dusttttyy, 10 out of 10
    Count your neighbors bricks!

    I was surprised by how this security camera. I have tested the Wyze Outdoor Camera and the ring stick up camera and i am a Ring fan but this Camera changes the game. i haven't seen many 2k cameras out there. This has a 160 degree viewing angle. Before i had to have two Ring stick up cameras but now i can just have one mounted. This not only has a ultra wide viewing it is also very smart. It has auto zoom and it detects animals , vehicles, packages, and humans. Mine is mounted on a 3rd floor story outside window ledge and it still detects the difference. the clarity is one of the best also as playback videos are 100% clear and there is no lag. The pictures i uploaded you can make out the detail like what a person is wearing or what make and model of a car is. ect. If my camera was mounted on a first or second floor i could easily tell license plates and faces.

    Mar 15, 2021 15:38
  • Review by RelentlessKG, 10 out of 10
    Money well spent

    I’m a first time home buyer. I thought someone tried breaking into my house in the middle of the night and I was all alone. That same morning I went to Best Buy and purchased this camera. The three cameras didn’t take long to install and I did it on my own. The quality is great. The picture attached is about 9:30pm. You can do many things including zoom in, make the video brighter, 2-way talk from wherever. If you park in your garage like I do, nobody will ever be able to tell if you’re home or across the country!

    Sep 25, 2021 03:07
  • Review by Arlo, 10 out of 10
    Arlo pro 4

    I love the Arlo pro 4 , it’s a great camera and has great video Quality , I love how it zooms in and the camera will move when it text the animal or person moving, the only down fall is the battery life they say it last for 6 months no it will not last that long it depends on how much motion it picks up , the one that I have in my driveway the battery was at 100% 2 days later it’s down to 92%.

    Jan 03, 2021 12:23
  • Review by Darkskys, 10 out of 10
    Caught on camera

    Have in front while the other is in back to record proof of loud neighbor after hrs yelling having parties. This one caught the car wash guy they hired. Dump his vacuum crap in front of our place along the curb. Went out and got his plates and he saw questioning I told him he needs to clean it up I got in on camera. If he dumps like this that means he dumps other stuff too and it may not be as small. This was from his first vehicle he cleaned and still had more to do. The camera is so good on zoom you could see his shorts were wet. Gross. Wonder if there cars smell like pee if he had to sit while cleaning.

    May 21, 2021 10:23
  • Review by Joseph, 4 out of 10
    Live Feed Delay, Poor Battery Life, Cheap Material

    I have not owned cameras from other companies, so I don't know how this product compares to the competition. For the following reasons, I think the Pro 4 is a poor value:

    1. Significant time delay in live feed and mobile app notifications:

    I bought these cameras because I've had packages stolen from my front door. I've had a couple instances of trespassing that my side camera has caught, but both times I wasn't able to catch the person because there was a 15-20 second delay on the mobile app feed. The camera is within 10 feet of my modem and router, so I am pretty sure this problem is due to outdated wireless technology in the transmitter.

    2. Motion detection problems:

    The camera in the front of my house goes dead within 2 days because it mistakenly detects motion. I have the motion activity detection area set to a minimal space in front of my door, but if a car goes by or a light flickers anywhere in the field of vision, the camera will send a motion alert. I tried reducing motion detection sensitivity in the app, but it did not help.

    3. Battery life:

    If you read through the reviews for this camera at any retailer, you will see the battery life is a universal issue. My cameras go dead as soon as 2 days, and in my experience last at maximum 2 weeks with little to no motion detection. Because of this, the cameras are essentially useless when used as wireless devices.

    4. Poor quality plastics

    I have to regularly dismount and recharge my cameras because the battery life is so short. When I took one down off of its mount, I accidentally dropped it and the camera popped out from its white plastic housing. The inner camera plastic cracked so severely that the camera will no longer snap into place (see photos).

    I don't recommend purchasing this camera system. I made the mistake of buying several of them at once, and I regret not returning them as soon as I started having issues.

    Mar 19, 2021 18:55
  • Review by Mukman, 10 out of 10
    Top notch

    All the same great features of the Pro 3 but now you can connect direct to Wi-Fi.

    What this means is if you do not want to buy a kit with the hub, or you need to mount it far away from your hub which may provide a weaker signal, then this is for you. Now you are not limited to the distance from your hub, but rather the distance from your home/business Wi-Fi.

    If the distance is not an issue and you plan on using with the hub, then the Pro 3 would work fine for you as well.

    I tested the new Pro 4 both as a straight Wi-Fi connection and then also through the hub. I noticed that when you create an activity zone when connected straight to Wi-Fi you are limited to drawing a square or rectangle, but when connecting through the hub I can draw any shape of activity zone I desire.

    Battery life is determined and how much the camera is activated both during the day and at night which also used the LED light.

    I get a few months out of my PRO 3 cameras on the front porch which get less activity and maybe 1-1.5 months from the camera facing my driveway which detects more traffic as this is the main entry point of our house.

    It was easy to add this camera to my system. Simply opened my Arlo app on my android device, went to devices, chose ‘Add Device’, Choose ‘Camera’, Choose my Pro 4, then follow the instructions. You will get a QR code that displays on your phone that you simply hold up to the camera about 8 inches away for the App to find and connect the camera. User friendly interface.

    The only con that I have with these cameras is when you are in live stream mode, there does seem to be at about a 5 second delay from a person's movement to actually seeing that movement on my viewing device. That also makes audio back and forth delayed as well. Hopefully, this will be tightened up with software in time.

    The Arlo Pro 4 comes with a magnetic mount. Works well at most angles, but the way mine is angled it feels a little loose. It has not moved yet and is somewhat protected by my porch so I do not foresee it being an issue, but you may need to test before mounting.

    Overall, the Arlo units are top notch cameras with a great interface. The cost to monitor and keep 30 days of history is reasonable as well.

    I have recommended to neighbors and friends.

    Dec 09, 2020 21:45
  • Review by hahanson, 8 out of 10
    Wire Free and Hub Free

    The Arlo Pro 4 Spotlight Camera works without a hub or base station, and being wire free makes installation a snap.

    Download the app, register an account, enter your wifi information then plug the battery in the camera, scan a QR code, and you're pretty much done other than the actual camera mounting itself, which is as simple as everything else. I did an indoor installation in my server room and it took me 10 minutes start to finish.

    Not requiring a hub means you will have to subscrive to their cloud storage (a 90-day free trial is included) which starts at $2.99/mo for one camera.

    The camera comes with a removable battery which you can charge using the magnetic charging cable (it takes about 3 hours for a full charge), but it requires you taking the camera down. The claimed battery life is 6 months, but I saw it drop 25-30% in a week so if you put it anwhere there is much activity, you won't see anything close to the claimed battery time. They do offer an accessory battery and charge kit, so you can simply swap batteries when they get low, as well as a solar charger to keep a constant charge.

    The Arlo Pro 4 is full of features including HD (2K) live streamin, wide angle 160-degree view, built-in spotlights and sirens, two-way audio, color night vision, rechargeable batteries, weatherproof housing and support for Alexa and Google Assistant. The 2K resolution offers a clear and bright view of what's going on.

    Overall it's hard to beat. The only negatives I found is that it only supports 2 Ghz wifi, and the magnetic mount system which makes it so easy to install would also seem like it may make it easier for an intruder to take down or steal the camera.

    Dec 16, 2020 13:50
  • Review by Treisco, 10 out of 10
    Great purchase

    Very impressed with the cameras so far. I bought the camera’s to keep an eye on my cabin up north. First night of use the notifications started going off around 11pm. The notification was labeled “animal”. When I viewed the video to my surprise it was a black bear walking past my door. The camera moved with (tracked) the bear from one side to the other. Very cool to see all the wild life.

    Nov 04, 2021 20:41
  • 8.4score
    Arlo - Pro 4 Spotlight Camera – Indoor/Outdoor 2K Wire-Free Security Camera with Color Night Vision (2-pack) - White
    Description

    Zoom in to see and record in 2K video with HDR for a clearer, undistorted picture, day or night. Connects directly to Wi-Fi without the clutter of extra gear. Pro 4 is wire-free and weather-resistant to deliver fast, easy installation and flexibility to get the perfect camera view, year-round. With the integrated spotlight, see important features like faces and licenses plates in full color, at night with color night vision. Get the big picture with 160° diagonal view. Get smarter alerts for quicker action. With 3-months of Arlo’s Secure plan included, receive notifications for people, vehicles and packages and take quicker action like sound the siren, call a friend or dial emergency services.* Ward off unwanted guests by triggering the siren or integrated spotlight automatically or manually from the Arlo App. Works with Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant, Apple HomeKit** and Samsung SmartThings.

    13 Features
  • Zoom in to see sharper details: 2x video resolution of HD lets you zoom in 12x with picture perfect detail.
  • Get the bigger picture: Wider, 160º diagonal view with auto image correction, reducing the fisheye effect.
  • See more at night: View critical details in color night vision for better identification.
  • Light up the night: Ward off unwelcome guests using the integrated spotlight.
  • Smarter alerts, quicker action: With an Arlo Secure plan, receive notifications for people, vehicles, and packages so you can take quick action such as sound the siren, call friend or dial emergency services.*
  • Noise cancelling audio: Hear and speak to visitors with clear, 2-way audio.
  • All-weather protection: Designed to withstand heat, cold, rain or sun.
  • Connects directly to Wi-Fi: No hub required for an even easier install.
  • 100% wire-free with swappable rechargeable battery: No cords or wiring hassles for a sleek install anywhere.
  • Powerful AI – object detection: With an Arlo Secure plan, recognize when a package is delivered and know the difference between a human and a tree branch.*
  • Ward off unwanted guests: Set the built-in siren to trigger manually or automatically from the Arlo App.
  • Plays well with others: Works with Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant, Apple HomeKit** and Samsung SmartThings.
  • Arlo Secure*: Includes 3-months of Arlo Secure for 30-day cloud recording, advanced object detection, rich notifications, cloud activity zones and more. Plans start at $3 per month per camera thereafter.
  • 8 Most Useful Reviews
  • Review by Dusttttyy, 10 out of 10
    Count your neighbors bricks!

    I was surprised by how this security camera. I have tested the Wyze Outdoor Camera and the ring stick up camera and i am a Ring fan but this Camera changes the game. i haven't seen many 2k cameras out there. This has a 160 degree viewing angle. Before i had to have two Ring stick up cameras but now i can just have one mounted. This not only has a ultra wide viewing it is also very smart. It has auto zoom and it detects animals , vehicles, packages, and humans. Mine is mounted on a 3rd floor story outside window ledge and it still detects the difference. the clarity is one of the best also as playback videos are 100% clear and there is no lag. The pictures i uploaded you can make out the detail like what a person is wearing or what make and model of a car is. ect. If my camera was mounted on a first or second floor i could easily tell license plates and faces.

    Mar 15, 2021 15:38
  • Review by RelentlessKG, 10 out of 10
    Money well spent

    I’m a first time home buyer. I thought someone tried breaking into my house in the middle of the night and I was all alone. That same morning I went to Best Buy and purchased this camera. The three cameras didn’t take long to install and I did it on my own. The quality is great. The picture attached is about 9:30pm. You can do many things including zoom in, make the video brighter, 2-way talk from wherever. If you park in your garage like I do, nobody will ever be able to tell if you’re home or across the country!

    Sep 25, 2021 03:07
  • Review by Angel40, 10 out of 10
    Love it.

    Absolutely love Arlo Pro 4 cameras. I was able to get a clear picture of the fox that brutally attacked my chickens. The picture was so clear that it looked like the fox was smiling at the camera;but be sure to buy extra batteries and/or a solar panel. Other than that I love, love, love, Arlo Pro 4. This is the best camera system I highly recommend to anyone. Sad about my chickens that I lost but happy I know what killed then. Thank you Arlo Pro

    Nov 19, 2021 11:31
  • Review by Arlo, 10 out of 10
    Arlo pro 4

    I love the Arlo pro 4 , it’s a great camera and has great video Quality , I love how it zooms in and the camera will move when it text the animal or person moving, the only down fall is the battery life they say it last for 6 months no it will not last that long it depends on how much motion it picks up , the one that I have in my driveway the battery was at 100% 2 days later it’s down to 92%.

    Jan 03, 2021 12:23
  • Review by MajorElf, 10 out of 10
    Excellent Cameras!

    Love, love, love these cameras! Excellent quality, easy to install and easy to use! Download the app on your phone and you can keep an eye on your home, business, kids, from anywhere!

    Nov 18, 2021 04:48
  • Review by Darkskys, 10 out of 10
    Caught on camera

    Have in front while the other is in back to record proof of loud neighbor after hrs yelling having parties. This one caught the car wash guy they hired. Dump his vacuum crap in front of our place along the curb. Went out and got his plates and he saw questioning I told him he needs to clean it up I got in on camera. If he dumps like this that means he dumps other stuff too and it may not be as small. This was from his first vehicle he cleaned and still had more to do. The camera is so good on zoom you could see his shorts were wet. Gross. Wonder if there cars smell like pee if he had to sit while cleaning.

    May 21, 2021 10:23
  • Review by Joseph, 4 out of 10
    Live Feed Delay, Poor Battery Life, Cheap Material

    I have not owned cameras from other companies, so I don't know how this product compares to the competition. For the following reasons, I think the Pro 4 is a poor value:

    1. Significant time delay in live feed and mobile app notifications:

    I bought these cameras because I've had packages stolen from my front door. I've had a couple instances of trespassing that my side camera has caught, but both times I wasn't able to catch the person because there was a 15-20 second delay on the mobile app feed. The camera is within 10 feet of my modem and router, so I am pretty sure this problem is due to outdated wireless technology in the transmitter.

    2. Motion detection problems:

    The camera in the front of my house goes dead within 2 days because it mistakenly detects motion. I have the motion activity detection area set to a minimal space in front of my door, but if a car goes by or a light flickers anywhere in the field of vision, the camera will send a motion alert. I tried reducing motion detection sensitivity in the app, but it did not help.

    3. Battery life:

    If you read through the reviews for this camera at any retailer, you will see the battery life is a universal issue. My cameras go dead as soon as 2 days, and in my experience last at maximum 2 weeks with little to no motion detection. Because of this, the cameras are essentially useless when used as wireless devices.

    4. Poor quality plastics

    I have to regularly dismount and recharge my cameras because the battery life is so short. When I took one down off of its mount, I accidentally dropped it and the camera popped out from its white plastic housing. The inner camera plastic cracked so severely that the camera will no longer snap into place (see photos).

    I don't recommend purchasing this camera system. I made the mistake of buying several of them at once, and I regret not returning them as soon as I started having issues.

    Mar 19, 2021 18:55
  • Review by Mukman, 10 out of 10
    Top notch

    All the same great features of the Pro 3 but now you can connect direct to Wi-Fi.

    What this means is if you do not want to buy a kit with the hub, or you need to mount it far away from your hub which may provide a weaker signal, then this is for you. Now you are not limited to the distance from your hub, but rather the distance from your home/business Wi-Fi.

    If the distance is not an issue and you plan on using with the hub, then the Pro 3 would work fine for you as well.

    I tested the new Pro 4 both as a straight Wi-Fi connection and then also through the hub. I noticed that when you create an activity zone when connected straight to Wi-Fi you are limited to drawing a square or rectangle, but when connecting through the hub I can draw any shape of activity zone I desire.

    Battery life is determined and how much the camera is activated both during the day and at night which also used the LED light.

    I get a few months out of my PRO 3 cameras on the front porch which get less activity and maybe 1-1.5 months from the camera facing my driveway which detects more traffic as this is the main entry point of our house.

    It was easy to add this camera to my system. Simply opened my Arlo app on my android device, went to devices, chose ‘Add Device’, Choose ‘Camera’, Choose my Pro 4, then follow the instructions. You will get a QR code that displays on your phone that you simply hold up to the camera about 8 inches away for the App to find and connect the camera. User friendly interface.

    The only con that I have with these cameras is when you are in live stream mode, there does seem to be at about a 5 second delay from a person's movement to actually seeing that movement on my viewing device. That also makes audio back and forth delayed as well. Hopefully, this will be tightened up with software in time.

    The Arlo Pro 4 comes with a magnetic mount. Works well at most angles, but the way mine is angled it feels a little loose. It h